1 SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES 2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1991 2011/05/15 04:28:16 ca Exp $ 3 4 5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version 6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a 7summary of the changes in that release. 8 98.14.5/8.14.5 2011/05/17 10 Do not cache SMTP extensions across connections as the cache 11 is based on hostname which may not be a unique identifier 12 for a server, i.e., different machines may have the 13 same hostname but provide different SMTP extensions. 14 Problem noted by Jim Hermann. 15 Avoid an out-of-bounds access in case a resolver reply for a DNS 16 map lookup returns a size larger than 1K. Based on a 17 patch from Dr. Werner Fink of SuSE. 18 If a job is aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from 19 the keyboard), perform minimal cleanup to avoid invoking 20 functions that are not signal-safe. Note: in previous 21 versions the mail might have been queued up already 22 and would be delivered subsequently, now an interrupt 23 will always remove the queue files and thus prevent 24 delivery. 25 Per RFC 6176, when operating as a TLS client, do not offer SSLv2. 26 Since TLS session resumption is never used as a client, disable 27 use of RFC 4507-style session tickets. 28 Work around gcc4 versions which reverse 25 years of history and 29 no longer align char buffers on the stack, breaking calls 30 to resolver functions on strict alignment platforms. 31 Found by Stuart Henderson of OpenBSD. 32 Read at most two AUTH lines from a server greeting (up to two 33 lines are read because servers may use "AUTH mechs" and 34 "AUTH=mechs"). Otherwise a malicious server may exhaust 35 the memory of the client. Bug report by Nils of MWR 36 InfoSecurity. 37 Avoid triggering an assertion in the OpenLDAP code when the 38 connection to an LDAP server is lost while making a query. 39 Problem noted and patch provided by Andy Fiddaman. 40 If ConnectOnlyTo is set and sendmail is compiled with NETINET6 41 it would try to use an IPv6 address if an IPv4 (or 42 unparseable) address is specified. 43 If SASLv2 is used, make sure that the macro {auth_authen} is 44 stored in xtext format to avoid problems with parsing 45 it. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel. 46 CONFIG: FEATURE(`ldap_routing') in 8.14.4 tried to add a missing 47 -T<TMPF> that is required, but failed for some cases 48 that did not use LDAP. This change has been undone 49 until a better solution can be implemented. Problem 50 found by Andy Fiddaman. 51 CONFIG: Add cf/ostype/solaris11.m4 for Solaris11 support. 52 Contributed by Casper Dik of Oracle. 53 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Deal with H entries that do not have a 54 letter between the question marks. Patch from 55 Stefan Christensen. 56 DOC: Use a better description for the -i option in sendmail. 57 Patch from Mitchell Berger. 58 Portability: 59 Add support for Darwin 10.x (Mac OS X 10.6). 60 Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for FreeBSD 3 and later. Patch 61 from John Marshall. 62 Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for OpenBSD 4.3 and later. 63 Use new directory "/system/volatile" for PidFile on 64 Solaris 11. Patch from Casper Dik of Oracle. 65 Fix compilation on Solaris 11 (and maybe some other 66 OSs) when using OpenSSL 1.0. Based on patch from 67 Jan Pechanec of Oracle. 68 Set SOCKADDR_LEN_T and SOCKOPT_LEN_T to socklen_t 69 for Solaris 11. Patch from Roger Faulkner of Oracle. 70 New Files: 71 cf/ostype/solaris11.m4 72 738.14.4/8.14.4 2009/12/30 74 SECURITY: Handle bogus certificates containing NUL characters 75 in CNs by placing a string indicating a bad certificate 76 in the {cn_subject} or {cn_issuer} macro. Patch inspired 77 by Matthias Andree's changes for fetchmail. 78 During the generation of a queue identifier an integer overflow 79 could occur which might result in bogus characters 80 being used. Based on patch from John Vannoy of 81 Pepperdine University. 82 The value of headers, e.g., Precedence, Content-Type, et.al., 83 was not processed correctly. Patch from Per Hedeland. 84 Between 8.11.7 and 8.12.0 the length limitation on a return 85 path was erroneously reduced from MAXNAME (256) to 86 MAXSHORTSTR (203). Patch from John Gardiner Myers 87 of Proofpoint; the problem was also noted by Steve 88 Hubert of University of Washington. 89 Prevent a crash when a hostname lookup returns a seemingly 90 valid result which contains a NULL pointer (this seems 91 to be happening on some Linux versions). 92 The process title was missing the current load average when 93 the MTA was delaying connections due to DelayLA. 94 Patch from Dick St.Peters of NetHeaven. 95 Do not reset the number of queue entries in shared memory if 96 only some of them are processed. 97 Fix overflow of an internal array when parsing some replies 98 from a milter. Problem found by Scott Rotondo 99 of Sun Microsystems. 100 If STARTTLS is turned off in the server (via M=S) then it 101 would not be initialized for use in the client either. 102 Patch from Kazuteru Okahashi of IIJ. 103 If a Diffie-Hellman cipher is selected for STARTTLS, the 104 handshake could fail with some TLS implementations 105 because the prime used by the server is not long enough. 106 Note: the initialization of the DSA/DH parameters for 107 the server can take a significant amount of time on slow 108 machines. This can be turned off by setting DHParameters 109 to none or a file (see doc/op/op.me). Patch from 110 Petr Lampa of the Brno University of Technology. 111 Fix handling of `b' modifier for DaemonPortOptions on little 112 endian machines for loopback address. Patch from 113 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 114 Fix a potential memory leak in libsmdb/smdb1.c found by parfait. 115 Based on patch from Jonathan Gray of OpenBSD. 116 If a milter sets the reply code to "421" during the transfer 117 of the body, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session 118 with that error to match the behavior of the other callbacks. 119 Return EX_IOERR (instead of 0) if a mail submission fails due to 120 missing disk space in the mail queue. Based on patch 121 from Martin Poole of RedHat. 122 CONFIG: Using FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s `nodomain' argument would 123 cause addresses not found in LDAP to be misparsed. 124 CONFIG: Using a CN restriction did not work for TLS_Clt as it 125 referred to a wrong macro. Patch from John Gardiner 126 Myers of Proofpoint. 127 CONFIG: The option relaytofulladdress of FEATURE(`access_db') 128 did not work if FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') is used too. 129 Problem noted by Kristian Shaw. 130 CONFIG: The internal function lower() was broken and hence 131 strcasecmp() did not work either, which could cause 132 problems for some FEATURE()s if upper case arguments 133 were used. Patch from Vesa-Matti J Kari of the 134 University of Helsinki. 135 LIBMILTER: Fix internal check whether a milter application 136 is compiled against the same version of libmilter as 137 it is linked against (especially useful for dynamic 138 libraries). 139 LIBMILTER: Fix memory leak that occurred when smfi_setsymlist() 140 was used. Based on patch by Dan Lukes. 141 LIBMILTER: Document the effect of SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC for filters 142 which add, insert, or replace headers. From Benjamin 143 Pineau. 144 LIBMILTER: Fix error messages which refer to "select()" to be 145 correct if SM_CONF_POLL is used. Based on patch from 146 John Nemeth. 147 LIBSM: Fix handling of LDAP search failures where the error is 148 carried in the search result itself, such as seen with 149 OpenLDAP proxy servers. 150 VACATION: Do not refer to a local variable outside its scope. 151 Based on patch from Mark Costlow of Southwest Cyberport. 152 Portability: 153 Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for SunOS 5.11. Patch from 154 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 155 Drop NISPLUS from default SunOS 5.11 map definitions. 156 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 157 1588.14.3/8.14.3 2008/05/03 159 During ruleset processing the generation of a key for a map 160 lookup and the parsing of the default value was broken 161 for some macros, e.g., $|, which caused the BlankSub 162 character to be inserted into the workspace and thus 163 failures, e.g., rules that should have matched did not. 164 8.14.2 caused a regression: it accessed (macro) storage which was 165 freed before. First instance of the problem reported by 166 Matthew Dillon of DragonFlyBSD; variations of the same 167 bug reported by Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD, Moritz 168 Jodeit, and Dave Hayes. 169 Improve pathname length checks for persistent host status. Patch 170 from Joerg Sonnenberger of DragonFlyBSD. 171 Reword misleading SMTP reply text for FEATURE(`badmx'). Problem 172 noted by Beth Halsema. 173 The read timeout was fixed to be Timeout.datablock if STARTTLS 174 was activated. This may cause problems if that value 175 is lowered from its default. Problem noted by Jens Elkner. 176 CONFIG: Using LOCAL_TLS_CLIENT caused the tls_client ruleset 177 to operate incorrectly. Problem found by Werner Wiethege. 178 LIBMILTER: Omitting some protocol steps via the xxfi_negotiate() 179 callback did not work properly. The patchlevel of 180 libmilter has been set to 1 so a milter can determine 181 whether libmilter contains this fix. 182 MAKEMAP: If a delimiter is specified (-t) use that also when 183 dumping a map. Patch from Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD. 184 Portability: 185 Add support for Darwin 9.x (Mac OS X 10.5). 186 Support shared libraries in Darwin 8 and 9. Patch from 187 Chris Behrens of Concentric. 188 Add support for SCO OpenServer 6, patch from Boyd Gerber. 189 DEVTOOLS: Clarify that confSHAREDLIBDIR requires a trailing slash. 190 Added Files: 191 devtools/OS/Darwin.9.x 192 devtools/OS/OSR.i386 193 1948.14.2/8.14.2 2007/11/01 195 If a message was queued and it contained 8 bit characters in 196 a From: or To: header, then those characters could be 197 "mistaken" for internal control characters during a queue 198 run and trigger various consistency checks. Problem 199 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 200 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set to a value greater than 0 (which 201 it is by default) then even if the Linelimit parameter 202 is 0, sendmail corrupted in the non-transfer-encoding 203 case every MAXLINE-1 characters. Patch from John Gardiner 204 Myers of Proofpoint. 205 Setting the suboption DeliveryMode for DaemonPortOptions did not 206 work in earlier 8.14 versions. 207 Note: DeliveryMode=interactive is silently converted to 208 background if a milter can reject or delete a recipient. 209 Prior to 8.14 this happened only if milter could delete 210 recipients. 211 ClientRate should trigger when the limit was exceeded (as 212 documented), not when it was reached. Patch from 213 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 214 Force a queue run for -qGqueuegroup even if no runners are 215 specified (R=0) and forking (F=f) is requested. 216 When multiple results are requested for a DNS map lookup 217 (-z and -Z), return only those that are relevant for 218 the query (not also those in the "additional section".) 219 If the message transfer time to sendmail (when acting as server) 220 exceeds Timeout.queuewarn or Timeout.queuereturn and 221 the message is refused (by a milter), sendmail previously 222 created a delivery status notification (DSN). Patch 223 from Doug Heath of The Hertz Corporation. 224 A code change in Cyrus-SASL 2.1.22 for sasl_decode64() requires 225 the MTA to deal with some input (i.e., "=") itself. 226 Problem noted by Eliot Lear. 227 sendmail counted a delivery as successful if PIPELINING is 228 compiled in but not offered by the server and the 229 delivery failed temporarily. Patch from Werner Wiethege. 230 If getting the result of an LDAP query times out then close the 231 map so it will be reopened on the next lookup. This 232 should help "failover" configurations that specify more 233 than one LDAP server. 234 If check_compat returns $#discard then a "savemail panic" could 235 be triggered under some circumstances (e.g., requiring 236 a system which does not have the compile time flag 237 HASFLOCK set). Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura 238 of National Institute of Informatics, Japan. 239 If a milter rejected a recipient, the count for nrcpts= in the 240 logfile entry might have been wrong. Problem found by 241 Petra Humann of TU Dresden. 242 If a milter invoked smfi_chgfrom() where ESMTP arguments are not 243 NULL, the message body was lost. Patch from Motonori 244 Nakamura of National Institute of Informatics, Japan. 245 sendmail(8) had a bogus space in -qGname. Patch from Peng Haitao. 246 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Preserve ownership and permissions when 247 replacing files. 248 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Skip dot-files (e.g., .cvsignore) when 249 reading the /etc/mail/virtusers/ directory. 250 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Emit warnings instead of exiting where 251 appropriate. 252 LIBMILTER: Fix ABI backwards compatibility so milters compiled 253 against an older libmilter.so shared library can use an 254 8.14 libmilter.so shared library. 255 LIBMILTER: smfi_version() did not properly extract the patchlevel 256 from the version number, however, the returned value was 257 correct for the current libmilter version. 258 2598.14.1/8.14.1 2007/04/03 260 Even though a milter rejects a recipient the MTA will still keep 261 it in its list of recipients and deliver to it if the 262 transaction is accepted. This is a regression introduced 263 in 8.14.0 due to the change for SMFIP_RCPT_REJ. Bug 264 found by Andy Fiddaman. 265 The new DaemonPortOptions which begin with a lower case character 266 could not be set in 8.14.0. 267 If a server shut down the connection in response to a STARTTLS 268 command, sendmail would log a misleading error message 269 due to an internal inconsistency. Problem found by 270 Werner Wiethege. 271 Document how some sendmail.cf options change the behavior of mailq. 272 Noted by Paul Menchini of the North Carolina School of 273 Science and Mathematics. 274 CONFIG: Add confSOFT_BOUNCE m4 option for setting SoftBounce. 275 CONFIG: 8.14.0's RELEASE_NOTES failed to mention the addition 276 of the confMAX_NOOP_COMMANDS and confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY_FILE 277 m4 options for setting MaxNOOPCommands and 278 SharedMemoryKeyFile. 279 CONFIG: Add confMILTER_MACROS_EOH and confMILTER_MACROS_DATA m4 280 options for setting Milter.macros.eoh and Milter.macros.data. 281 CONTRIB: Use flock() and fcntl() in qtool.pl if necessary. 282 Patch from Daniel Carroll of Mesa State College. 283 LIBMILTER: Make sure an unknown command does not affect the 284 currently available macros. Problem found by Andy Fiddaman. 285 LIBMILTER: The MTA did not offer SMFIF_SETSYMLIST during option 286 negotiation. Problem reported by Bryan Costales. 287 LIBMILTER: Fix several minor errors in the documentation. 288 Patches from Bryan Costales. 289 PORTABILITY FIXES: 290 AIX 5.{1,2}: libsm/util.c failed to compile due to 291 redefinition of several macros, e.g., SIG_ERR. 292 Patch from Jim Pirzyk with assistance by Bob 293 Booth, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 294 Add support for QNX.6. Patch from Sean Boudreau of QNX 295 Software Systems. 296 New Files: 297 devtools/M4/depend/QNX6.m4 298 devtools/OS/QNX.6.x 299 include/sm/os/sm_os_qnx.h 300 301 New Files added in 8.14.0, but not shown in the release notes entry: 302 libmilter/docs/smfi_chgfrom.html 303 libmilter/docs/smfi_version.html 304 3058.14.0/8.14.0 2007/01/31 306 Header field values are now 8 bit clean. Notes: 307 - header field names are still restricted to 7 bit. 308 - RFC 2822 allows only 7 bit (US-ASCII) characters in 309 headers. 310 Preserve spaces after the colon in a header. Previously, any 311 number of spaces after the colon would be changed to 312 exactly one space. 313 In some cases of deeply nested aliases/forwarding, mail can 314 be silently lost. Moreover, the MaxAliasRecursion 315 limit may be reached too early, e.g., the counter 316 may be off by a factor of 4 in case of a sequence of 317 .forward files that refer to others. Patch from 318 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 319 Fix a regression in 8.13.8: if InputMailFilters is set then 320 "sendmail -bs" can trigger an assertion because the 321 hostname of the client is undefined. It is now set 322 to "localhost" for the xxfi_connect() callback. 323 Avoid referencing a freed variable during cleanup when terminating. 324 Problem reported and diagnosed by Joe Maimon. 325 New option HeloName to set the name for the HELO/EHLO command. 326 Patch from Nik Clayton. 327 New option SoftBounce to issue temporary errors (4xy) instead of 328 permanent errors (5xy). This can be useful for testing. 329 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions to set them individually 330 per daemon socket: 331 DeliveryMode DeliveryMode 332 refuseLA RefuseLA 333 delayLA DelayLA 334 queueLA QueueLA 335 children MaxDaemonChildren 336 New option -K for LDAP maps to replace %1 through %9 in the 337 lookup key with the LDAP escaped contents of the 338 arguments specified in the map lookup. Loosely based 339 on patch from Wolfgang Hottgenroth. 340 Log the time after which a greet_pause delay triggered. Patch 341 from Nik Clayton. 342 If a client is rejected via TCP wrapper or some other check 343 performed by validate_connection() (in conf.c) then do 344 not also invoke greet_pause. Problem noted by Jim Pirzyk 345 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 346 If a client terminates the SMTP connection during a pause 347 introduced by greet_pause, then a misleading message 348 was logged previously. Problem noted by Vernon Schryver 349 et.al., patch from Matej Vela. 350 New command "mstat" for control socket to provide "machine 351 readable" status. 352 New named config file rule check_eom which is called at the end 353 of a message, its parameter is the size of the message. 354 If the macro {addr_type} indicates that the current address 355 is a header address it also distinguishes between 356 recipient and sender addresses (as it is done for 357 envelope addresses). 358 When a macro is set in check_relay, then its value is accessible 359 by all transactions in the same SMTP session. 360 Increase size of key for ldap lookups to 1024 (MAXKEY). 361 New option MaxNOOPCommands to override default of 20 for the 362 number of "useless" commands before the SMTP server will 363 slow down responding. 364 New option SharedMemoryKeyFile: if shared memory support is 365 enabled, the MTA can be asked to select a shared memory 366 key itself by setting SharedMemoryKey to -1 and specifying 367 a file where to store the selected key. 368 Try to deal with open HTTP proxies that are used to send spam 369 by recognizing some commands from them. If the first command 370 from the client is GET, POST, CONNECT, or USER, then the 371 connection is terminated immediately. 372 New PrivacyOptions noactualrecipient to avoid putting 373 X-Actual-Recipient lines in DSNs revealing the actual 374 account that addresses map to. Patch from Dan Harkless. 375 New options B, z, and Z for DNS maps: 376 -B: specify a domain that is always appended to queries. 377 -z: specify the delimiter at which to cut off the result of 378 a query if it is too long. 379 -Z: specify the maximum number of entries to be concatenated 380 to form the result of a lookup. 381 New target "check" in the Makefile of libsm: instead of running tests 382 implicitly while building libsm, they must be explicitly 383 started by using "make check". 384 Fixed some inconsistent checks for NULL pointers that have been 385 reported by the SATURN tool which has been developed by 386 Isil Dillig and Thomas Dillig of Stanford University. 387 Fix a potential race condition caused by a signal handler for 388 terminated child processes. Problem noted by David F. Skoll. 389 When a milter deleted a recipient, that recipient could cause a 390 queue group selection. This has been disabled as it was not 391 intended. 392 New operator 'r' for the arith map to return a random number. 393 Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 394 New compile time option MILTER_NO_NAGLE to turn off the Nagle 395 algorithm for communication with libmilter ("cork" on Linux), 396 which may improve the communication performance on some 397 operating systems. Patch from John Gardiner Myers of 398 Proofpoint. 399 If sendmail received input that contained a CR without subsequent LF 400 (thus violating RFC 2821 (2.3.7)), it could previously 401 generate an additional blank line in the output as the last 402 line. 403 Restarting persistent queue runners by sending a HUP signal to 404 the "queue control process" (QCP) works now. 405 Increase the length of an input line to 12288 to deal with 406 really long lines during SMTP AUTH negotiations. 407 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 408 If ARPANET mode (-ba) was selected STARTTLS would fail (due to 409 a missing initialization call for that case). Problem 410 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 411 If sendmail is linked against a library that initializes Cyrus-SASL 412 before sendmail did it (such as libnss-ldap), then SMTP AUTH 413 could fail for the sendmail client. A patch by Moritz Both 414 works around the API design flaw of Cyrus-SASLv2. 415 CONFIG: Make it possible to unset the StatusFile option by 416 undefining STATUS_FILE. By not setting StatusFile, 417 the MTA will not attempt to open a statistics file on 418 each delivery. 419 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`require_rdns') to reject messages from SMTP 420 clients whose IP address does not have proper reverse DNS. 421 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University 422 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 423 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`block_bad_helo') to reject messages from SMTP 424 clients which provide a HELO/EHLO argument which is either 425 unqualified, or is one of our own names (i.e., the server 426 name instead of the client name). Contributed by Neil 427 Rickert of Northern Illinois University and John Beck of 428 Sun Microsystems. 429 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`badmx') to reject envelope sender addresses 430 (MAIL) whose domain part resolves to a "bad" MX record. 431 Based on contribution from William Dell Wisner. 432 CONFIG: New macros SMTP_MAILER_LL and RELAY_MAILER_LL to override 433 the maximum line length of the smtp mailers. 434 CONFIG: New option `relaytofulladdress' for FEATURE(`access_db') 435 to allow entries in the access map to be of the form 436 To:user@example.com RELAY 437 CONFIG: New subsuboptions eoh and data to specify the list of 438 macros a milter should receive at those stages in the 439 SMTP dialogue. 440 CONFIG: New option confHELO_NAME for HeloName to set the name 441 for the HELO/EHLO command. 442 CONFIG: dnsbl and enhdnsbl can now also discard or quarantine 443 messages by using those values as second argument. 444 Patches from Nelson Fung. 445 CONTRIB: cidrexpand uses a hash symbol as comment character and 446 ignores everything after it unless it is in quotes or 447 preceeded by a backslash. 448 DEVTOOLS: New macro confMKDIR: if set to a program that creates 449 directories, then it used for "make install" to create 450 the required installation directories. 451 DEVTOOLS: New macro confCCLINK to specify the linker to use for 452 executables (defaults to confCC). 453 LIBMILTER: A new version of the milter API has been created that 454 has several changes which are listed below and documented 455 in the webpages reachable via libmilter/docs/index.html. 456 LIBMILTER: The meaning of the version macro SMFI_VERSION has been 457 changed. It now refers only to the version of libmilter, 458 not to the protocol version (which is used only internally, 459 it is not user/milter-programmer visible). Additionally, 460 a version function smfi_version() has been introduced such 461 that a milter program can check the libmilter version also 462 at runtime which is useful if a shared library is used. 463 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_negotiate() can be used to 464 dynamically (i.e., at runtime) determine the available 465 protocol actions and features of the MTA and also to 466 specify which of these a milter wants to use. This allows 467 for more flexibility than hardcoding these flags in the 468 xxfi_flags field of the smfiDesc structure. 469 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_data() is available so milters 470 can act on the DATA command. 471 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_unknown() is available so milters 472 can receive also unknown SMTP commands. 473 LIBMILTER: A new return code SMFIS_NOREPLY has been added which 474 can be used by the xxfi_header() callback provided the 475 milter requested the SMFIP_NOHREPL protocol action. 476 LIBMILTER: The new return code SMFIS_SKIP can be used in the 477 xxfi_body() callback to skip over further body chunks 478 and directly advance to the xxfi_eom() callback. This 479 is useful if a milter can make a decision based on the 480 body chunks it already received without reading the entire 481 rest of the body and the milter wants to invoke functions 482 that are only available from the xxfi_eom() callback. 483 LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_addrcpt_par() can be used to add 484 new recipients including ESMTP parameters. 485 LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_chgfrom() can be used to change the 486 envelope sender including ESMTP parameters. 487 LIBMILTER: A milter can now request to be informed about rejected 488 recipients (RCPT) too. This requires to set the protocol 489 flag SMFIP_RCPT_REJ during option negotiation. Whether 490 a RCPT has been rejected can be checked by comparing the 491 value of the macro {rcpt_mailer} with "error". 492 LIBMILTER: A milter can now override the list of macros that it 493 wants to receive from the MTA for each protocol step 494 by invoking the function smfi_setsymlist() during option 495 negotiation. 496 LIBMILTER: A milter can receive header field values with all 497 leading spaces by requesting the SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC 498 protocol action. Also, if the flag is set then the MTA 499 does not add a leading space to headers that are added, 500 inserted, or replaced. 501 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421" for the HELO 502 callback, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session 503 with that error to match the behavior of all other callbacks. 504 New Files: 505 cf/feature/badmx.m4 506 cf/feature/block_bad_helo.m4 507 cf/feature/require_rdns.m4 508 devtools/M4/UNIX/check.m4 509 include/sm/misc.h 510 include/sm/sendmail.h 511 include/sm/tailq.h 512 libmilter/docs/smfi_addrcpt_par.html 513 libmilter/docs/smfi_setsymlist.html 514 libmilter/docs/xxfi_data.html 515 libmilter/docs/xxfi_negotiate.html 516 libmilter/docs/xxfi_unknown.html 517 libmilter/example.c 518 libmilter/monitor.c 519 libmilter/worker.c 520 libsm/memstat.c 521 libsm/t-memstat.c 522 libsm/t-qic.c 523 libsm/util.c 524 sendmail/daemon.h 525 sendmail/map.h 526 5278.13.8/8.13.8 2006/08/09 528 Fix a regression in 8.13.7: if shared memory is activated, then 529 the server can erroneously report that there is 530 insufficient disk space. Additionally make sure that 531 an internal variable is set properly to avoid those 532 misleading errors. Based on patch from Steve Hubert 533 of University of Washington. 534 Fix a regression in 8.13.7: the PidFile could be removed after 535 the process that forks the daemon exited, i.e., if 536 sendmail -bd is invoked. Problem reported by Kan Sasaki 537 of Fusion Communications Corp. and Werner Wiethege. 538 Avoid opening qf files if QueueSortOrder is "none". Patch from 539 David F. Skoll. 540 Avoid a crash when finishing due to referencing a freed variable. 541 Problem reported and diagnosed by Moritz Jodeit. 542 CONTRIB: cidrexpand now deals with /0 by issuing the entire IPv4 543 range (0..255). 544 LIBMILTER: The "hostname" argument of the xxfi_connect() callback 545 previously was the equivalent of {client_ptr}. However, 546 this did not match the documentation of the function, hence 547 it has been changed to {client_name}. See doc/op/op.* 548 about these macros. 549 5508.13.7/8.13.7 2006/06/14 551 A malformed MIME structure with many parts can cause sendmail to 552 crash while trying to send a mail due to a stack overflow, 553 e.g., if the stack size is limited (ulimit -s). This 554 happens because the recursion of the function mime8to7() 555 was not restricted. The function is called for MIME 8 to 556 7 bit conversion and also to enforce MaxMimeHeaderLength. 557 To work around this problem, recursive calls are limited to 558 a depth of MAXMIMENESTING (20); message content after this 559 limit is treated as opaque and is not checked further. 560 Problem noted by Frank Sheiness. 561 The changes to the I/O layer in 8.13.6 caused a regression for 562 SASL mechanisms that use the security layer, e.g., 563 DIGEST-MD5. Problem noted by Robert Stampfli. 564 If a timeout occurs while reading a message (during the DATA phase) 565 a df file might have been left behind in the queue. 566 This was another side effect of the changes to the I/O 567 layer made in 8.13.6. 568 Several minor problems have been fixed that were found by a 569 Coverity scan of sendmail 8 as part of the NetBSD 570 distribution. See http://scan.coverity.com/ 571 Note: the scan generated also a lot of "false positives", 572 e.g., "error" reports about situations that cannot happen. 573 Most of those code places are marked with lint(1) comments 574 like NOTREACHED, but Coverity does not understand those. 575 Hence an explicit assertion has been added in some cases 576 to avoid those false positives. 577 If the start of the sendmail daemon fails due to a configuration 578 error then in some cases shared memory segments or pid 579 files were not removed. 580 If DSN support is disabled via access_db, then related ESMTP 581 parameters for MAIL and RCPT should be rejected. Problem 582 reported by Akihiro Sagawa. 583 Enabling zlib compression in OpenSSL 0.9.8[ab] breaks the padding 584 bug work-around. Hence if sendmail is linked against 585 either of these versions and compression is available, 586 the padding bug work-around is turned off. Based on 587 patch from Victor Duchovni of Morgan Stanley. 588 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') and FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') used 589 blackholes.mail-abuse.org as default domain for lookups, 590 however, that list is no longer available. To avoid 591 further problems, no default value is available anymore, 592 but an argument must be specified. 593 Portability: 594 Fix compilation on OSF/1 for sfsasl.c. Patch from 595 Pieter Bowman of the University of Utah. 596 5978.13.6/8.13.6 2006/03/22 598 SECURITY: Replace unsafe use of setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in the server 599 and client side of sendmail with timeouts in the libsm I/O 600 layer and fix problems in that code. Also fix handling of 601 a buffer in sm_syslog() which could have been used as an 602 attack vector to exploit the unsafe handling of 603 setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in combination with signals. 604 Problem detected by Mark Dowd of ISS X-Force. 605 Handle theoretical integer overflows that could triggered if 606 the server accepted headers larger than the maximum 607 (signed) integer value. This is prevented in the default 608 configuration by restricting the size of a header, and on 609 most machines memory allocations would fail before reaching 610 those values. Problems found by Phil Brass of ISS. 611 If a server returns 421 for an RSET command when trying to start 612 another transaction in a session while sending mail, do 613 not trigger an internal consistency check. Problem found 614 by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 615 If a server returns a 5xy error code (other than 501) in response 616 to a STARTTLS command despite the fact that it advertised 617 STARTTLS and that the code is not valid according to RFC 618 2487 treat it nevertheless as a permanent failure instead 619 of a protocol error (which has been changed to a 620 temporary error in 8.13.5). Problem reported by Jeff 621 A. Earickson of Colby College. 622 Clear SMTP state after a HELO/EHLO command. Patch from John 623 Myers of Proofpoint. 624 Observe MinQueueAge option when gathering entries from the queue 625 for sorting etc instead of waiting until the entries are 626 processed. Patch from Brian Fundakowski Feldman. 627 Set up TLS session cache to properly handle clients that try to 628 resume a stored TLS session. 629 Properly count the number of (direct) child processes such that 630 a configured value (MaxDaemonChildren) is not exceeded. 631 Based on patch from Attila Bruncsak. 632 LIBMILTER: Remove superfluous backslash in macro definition 633 (libmilter.h). Based on patch from Mike Kupfer of 634 Sun Microsystems. 635 LIBMILTER: Don't try to set SO_REUSEADDR on UNIX domain sockets. 636 This generates an error message from libmilter on 637 Solaris, though other systems appear to just discard the 638 request silently. 639 LIBMILTER: Deal with sigwait(2) implementations that return 640 -1 and set errno instead of returning an error code 641 directly. Patch from Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations 642 Services. 643 Portability: 644 Fix compilation checks for closefrom(3) and statvfs(2) 645 in NetBSD. Problem noted by S. Moonesamy, patch from 646 Andrew Brown. 647 6488.13.5/8.13.5 2005/09/16 649 Store the filesystem identifier of the df/ subdirectory (if it 650 exists) in an internal structure instead of the base 651 directory. This structure is used decide whether there 652 is enough free disk space when selecting a queue, hence 653 without this change queue selection could fail if a df/ 654 subdirectory exists and is on a different filesystem 655 than the base directory. 656 Use the queue index of the df file (instead of the qf file) for 657 checking whether a link(2) operation can be used to split 658 an envelope across queue groups. Problem found by 659 Werner Wiethege. 660 If the list of items in the queue is larger than the maximum 661 number of items to process, sort the queue first and 662 then cut the list off instead of the other way around. 663 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute. 664 Fix helpfile to show full entry for ETRN. Problem noted by 665 Penelope Fudd, patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 666 University. 667 FallbackSmartHost should also be tried on temporary errors. 668 From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 669 When a server responds with 421 to the STARTTLS command then treat 670 it as a temporary error, not as protocol error. Problem 671 noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 672 Properly define two functions in libsm as static because their 673 prototype used static too. Patch from Peter Klein. 674 Fix syntax errors in helpfile for MAIL and RCPT commands. 675 LIBMILTER: When smfi_replacebody() is called with bodylen equals 676 zero then do not silently ignore that call. Patch from 677 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 678 LIBMILTER: Recognize "421" also in a multi-line reply to terminate 679 the SMTP session with that error. Fix from Brian Kantor. 680 Portability: New option HASSNPRINTF which can be set if the OS 681 has a properly working snprintf(3) to get rid 682 of the last two (safe) sprintf(3) calls in the 683 source code. 684 Add support for AIX 5.3. 685 Add support for SunOS 5.11 (aka Solaris 11). 686 Add support for Darwin 8.x. Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg. 687 OpenBSD 3.7 has removed support for NETISO. 688 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd6) for FreeBSD 6.X. 689 Set DontBlameSendmail to AssumeSafeChown and 690 GroupWritableDirPathSafe for OSTYPE(darwin). 691 Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg. 692 Some features still used 4.7.1 as enhanced status code which 693 was supposed to be eliminated in 8.13.0 because some 694 broken systems misinterpret it as a permanent error. 695 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute. 696 Some default values in a generated cf file did not match 697 the defaults in the sendmail binary. Problem noted 698 by Mike Pechkin. 699 New Files: 700 cf/ostype/freebsd6.m4 701 devtools/OS/AIX.5.3 702 devtools/OS/Darwin.8.x 703 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.11 704 include/sm/time.h 705 7068.13.4/8.13.4 2005/03/27 707 The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a 708 different error which could result in connections that 709 stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not 710 properly initialized. Problem noted by Michael Sims. 711 Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature(). This bug could lead 712 to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another 713 host. Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and 714 tracked down by Gael Roualland. 715 Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr(). Problem 716 found by Gael Roualland using valgrind. 717 If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the 718 owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to 719 the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set 720 to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes. 721 The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared 722 memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting 723 and bounce generation. 724 Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings 725 in address rewriting because the message can be triggered 726 for header checks where long strings are legitimate. 727 Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked 728 down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 729 The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag. Patch from 730 Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England. 731 The socket map did not obey the -f flag. Problem noted by 732 Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip. 733 The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of 734 the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only 735 return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found. 736 Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication 737 to avoid a possible segmentation fault. Based on patch 738 by Joe Maimon. 739 Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but 740 does not assign a value to its output parameter. Based 741 on patch by Brian Kantor. 742 Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only 743 to Cyrus SASL version 2). Otherwise an SMTP session might 744 be dropped after an AUTH failure. 745 Portability: 746 Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use 747 "long long" to read load average data, e.g., 748 AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode. Note: this has to be set 749 "by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected. 750 Problem noted by Burak Bilen. 751 Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x. This should 752 fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode. 753 Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of 754 University of Bremen. 755 New Files: 756 include/sm/sem.h 757 libsm/sem.c 758 libsm/t-sem.c 759 7608.13.3/8.13.3 2005/01/11 761 Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS 762 is active. 763 Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed 764 due to a 421 error. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen 765 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 766 Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while 767 closing a connection. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen 768 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 769 Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the 770 next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at 771 connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy 772 SMTP reply code. Problem noted by Mark Tranchant. 773 7748.13.2/8.13.2 2004/12/15 775 Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal 776 buffer size. Previously a part of such a header would 777 end up in the body of the message. Problem noted by 778 Simple Nomad of BindView. 779 Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking 780 headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses. 781 Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University. 782 If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between 783 message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more 784 messages on that connection. This prevents bogus "Bad 785 file number" recipient status. Problem noted by 786 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 787 Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC 788 2821. Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services. 789 Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size 790 for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g., 791 Cyrus IMAP lmtp server. Based on patch by Jamie Clark. 792 When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut 793 them off at a comma. Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki. 794 Add more logging to milter change header functions to 795 complement existing logging. Based on patch from 796 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 797 Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined. 798 Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart. 799 Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address 800 to a hostname for use with SASL. Problem noted by Ken Jones; 801 patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO. 802 CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog 803 mailer. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 804 LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after 805 xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered. 806 Patch from Alexey Kravchuk. 807 LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow 808 different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main(). 809 Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark. 810 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem 811 noted by Nelson Fung. 812 MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access 813 mail.local. Problem noted by William Park. 814 VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem noted 815 by Nelson Fung. 816 Portability: 817 Add support for DragonFly BSD. 818 New Files: 819 cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4 820 devtools/OS/DragonFly 821 include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h 822 Deleted Files: 823 libsm/vsscanf.c 824 8258.13.1/8.13.1 2004/07/30 826 Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the 827 objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the 828 alias expansion. Problem noted by Brenden Conte of 829 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 830 Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is 831 (partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 832 Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body 833 but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is 834 smaller than the size of the memory buffer. Problem noted 835 by David Russell. 836 Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified 837 but the other side presented a cert that was signed by 838 a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL, 839 verification would always fail. Problem noted by Al Smith. 840 Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and 841 the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate. 842 Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint. 843 ${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero. 844 Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc. 845 CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after 846 FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not 847 use the access map. Note: if no default value is given 848 for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if 849 FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it. 850 Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of 851 Bielefeld. 852 CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause') 853 is used to give more flexibility for local changes. 854 Portability: 855 Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code. Problem 856 noted by Geoff Adams. 857 NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3). Patch from Andrew Brown. 858 NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in 859 a system. Patch from Andrew Brown. 860 Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential 861 incompatibilities with various *roff related 862 tools. Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland. 863 New Files: 864 doc/op/README 865 8668.13.0/8.13.0 2004/06/20 867 Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential 868 information. See also cf/README about MSP and the section 869 "Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client". 870 Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 871 University. 872 Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n 873 and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi 874 of RUS University of Stuttgart. 875 Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found 876 by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland. 877 Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute 878 specifications in an LDAP map definition. This allows 879 LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP 880 URL which will in turn be queried. See the ``LDAP 881 Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information. 882 Based on patch from Andrew Baucom. 883 Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile 884 (O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to 885 include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes. 886 See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section 887 of cf/README for more information. 888 New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the 889 LDAP API/protocol version to use. The default depends on 890 the LDAP library. 891 New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an 892 LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host 893 and -p port. This also allows for the use of LDAP over 894 SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP 895 library supports it. 896 New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if 897 ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set). 898 If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often 899 during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is 900 done for too many bad SMTP commands. 901 Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon 902 maintains the number of incoming connections per client 903 IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and 904 {total_rate}, respectively. These macros can be used 905 in the cf file to impose connection rate limits. 906 A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s) 907 determines the length of the interval for which the 908 number of connections is stored. Based on patch from 909 Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris. 910 Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which 911 send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting. 912 If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see 913 FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified 914 amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP 915 greeting. If any traffic is received before then, a 554 916 SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected 917 during that connection. 918 If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP 919 server could sleep for a very long time. Fix based on 920 patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ. 921 Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the 922 number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs. 923 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington. 924 Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems 925 misinterpret it as a permanent error. 926 New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until 927 all milters accepted the mail. This can increase 928 performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to 929 body scans. Based on patch from David F. Skoll. 930 New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id: 931 header, whether provided by the client or generated by 932 sendmail. 933 New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open 934 connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address. 935 Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des 936 Mines de Paris. 937 sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits. This was done 938 to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop 939 scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent 940 runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's 941 pid no longer existing. See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me 942 for a discussion of the implications of this, including 943 how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on 944 the old behavior. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 945 Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default 946 filter list specified in InputMailFilters. The filters 947 can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions. 948 Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'. If 949 your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to 950 add those names to class 'w' yourself. Problem noted 951 by Sander Eerkes. 952 Support message quarantining in the mail queue. Quarantined 953 messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs 954 unless specifically requested with -qQ. Quarantined queue 955 files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix. 956 The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display 957 or run. -qQ operates on quarantined queue items. -qL 958 operates on lost queue items. 959 Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the 960 quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display 961 quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the 962 given text. Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display 963 quarantined items which do not have the given text in the 964 quarantine reason. 965 Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the 966 new -Q option. See doc/op/op.me for more information. 967 When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the 968 quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by 969 "QUARANTINE:". 970 A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used 971 to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and 972 header check rulesets. The $: of the mailer triplet will 973 be used for the quarantine reason. 974 Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected. 975 Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a 976 message if it is quarantined. 977 New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain 978 or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP). 979 See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as 980 socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib. 981 Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks. 982 Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR 983 lookup for the client IP address. Note: this is the same 984 as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK. 985 Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad 986 recipients received so far in a transaction. 987 Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus 988 DNS entries. See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr'). Problem 989 noted by Kai Schlichting. 990 Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To: 991 headers (turn them into DSNs). Delivery-Receipt-To: is 992 apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System). 993 Enable connection caching for LPC mailers. Patch from Christophe 994 Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane. 995 Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting. 996 Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2. From Kenneth Murchison of 997 Oceana Matrix Ltd. 998 Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which 999 support mutual authentication. From Kenneth Murchison of 1000 Oceana Matrix Ltd. 1001 Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11). 1002 The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext 1003 format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid 1004 problems with parsing them. Problem noted by Pierangelo 1005 Masarati of SysNet s.n.c. 1006 New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is 1007 passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from Gary Mills 1008 of the University of Manitoba. 1009 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was 1010 successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if 1011 EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS 1012 is active. 1013 Add basic support for certificate revocation lists. Note: if a 1014 CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS 1015 is disabled. Based on patch by Ralf Hornik. 1016 Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms 1017 DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN. 1018 Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue 1019 runner. Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 1020 Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to 1021 overwrite each other's pid files. 1022 Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and 1023 {cert_issuer} from 128 to 256. Requested by Christophe 1024 Wolfhugel of France Telecom. 1025 Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at 1026 LogLevel 12 or higher. 1027 If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will 1028 try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option 1029 to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like 1030 it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and 1031 MTA. Based on patch by Per Hedeland. 1032 If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified 1033 by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due 1034 to high load, log this information. Patch from John Beck 1035 of Sun Microsystems. 1036 Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of 1037 CheckpointInterval on the command line. 1038 New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a 1039 subset of the functionality of the 's' flag. 1040 New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information. 1041 Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart. 1042 Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default. To turn 1043 it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options. 1044 An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO 1045 causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being 1046 discarded. This also caused milter callbacks to be called 1047 out of order after the SMTP session was reset. 1048 New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag 1049 REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. See sendmail/README for 1050 further information. 1051 New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to 1052 the indicated log file instead of stdout. 1053 Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control 1054 queue return and warning times for delivery status 1055 notifications. 1056 New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries 1057 at all. 1058 Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added 1059 to enable/disable certain features in the server per 1060 connection. See doc/op/op.me for details. 1061 Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s 1062 for DaemonPortOptions. 1063 Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when 1064 trying to canonify hostnames. Suggested by Neil Rickert 1065 of Northern Illinois University. 1066 Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to 1067 be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks. This 1068 is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate 1069 view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of 1070 outside). From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1071 Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS 1072 handshake. Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 1073 Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead. Patch from 1074 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1075 libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required 1076 then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100. Patch from Mark Roth 1077 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1078 Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter 1079 applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback. 1080 New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function, 1081 i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes, 1082 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). 1083 If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will 1084 terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message. 1085 Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable 1086 HOSTALIASES. 1087 Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write. To enable this in 8.13 1088 compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1. 1089 Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get 1090 the header value passed in without balancing quotes, 1091 parentheses, and angle brackets. Based on patch from 1092 Oleg Bulyzhin. 1093 Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and 1094 angle brackets when reading in rulesets. This allows 1095 rules to be written for header checks to catch strings 1096 that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets. 1097 Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin. 1098 Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters 1099 some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED. 1100 Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the 1101 sendmail consortium, see CACerts. 1102 Portability: 1103 Two new compile options have been added: 1104 HASCLOSEFROM System has closefrom(3). 1105 HASFDWALK System has fdwalk(3). 1106 Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1107 The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so 1108 change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix 1109 it. Be sure to update other sendmail related 1110 programs to match locking techniques. 1111 New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set 1112 if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself. 1113 Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for 1114 UNICOS. Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and 1115 Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of 1116 Center for Scientific Computing. 1117 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 1118 Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 1119 Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because 1120 Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations. 1121 Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct 1122 major()/minor() definitions. Based on feedback 1123 from Mark Funkenhauser. 1124 CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches 1125 for maps via new attributes. See the ``USING LDAP FOR 1126 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and 1127 cf/sendmail.schema for more information. 1128 CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER 1129 is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc. 1130 Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert 1131 of Northern Illinois University. 1132 CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which 1133 instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine 1134 the message using the given reason. 1135 CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl) 1136 instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other 1137 DNS records than just A. 1138 CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the 1139 length of the interval for which the number of incoming 1140 connections is maintained. 1141 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection 1142 rate control for individual hosts or nets. 1143 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the 1144 number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets. 1145 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP 1146 slamming protection described above. The feature can 1147 take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or 1148 use the access database to look the pause time based on 1149 client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet. 1150 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use 1151 $&{client_ptr} as its first argument. This is useful for 1152 rejections based on the unverified hostname of client, 1153 which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail 1154 versions when delay_checks was not in use. See also entry 1155 above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}. 1156 CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log 1157 interval when refusing connections for this long. 1158 CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases 1159 this requires a change in a mc file. Requested by 1160 Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems. 1161 CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm 1162 that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from 1163 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 1164 CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src} 1165 to follow the naming conventions. 1166 CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify 1167 the A= argument. 1168 CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of 1169 local_lmtp. 1170 CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile 1171 time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. 1172 CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated 1173 cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts 1174 its rules. 1175 CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN 1176 to control queue return and warning times for delivery 1177 status notifications. 1178 CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost. 1179 CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf 1180 file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/. 1181 Patch from Richard Rognlie. 1182 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9. 1183 Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see 1184 doc/op/op.me. 1185 CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom 1186 option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for 1187 use in the xxfi_eom() callback. 1188 CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains 1189 certificate revocations lists. 1190 CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to 1191 FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP 1192 MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist 1193 in LDAP. See cf/README for more information. 1194 CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 1195 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain 1196 lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match. See cf/README 1197 for more information. 1198 CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 1199 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail 1200 or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be 1201 reached. See cf/README for more information. Based on 1202 patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar. 1203 CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details. 1204 CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different 1205 Message-Id: header format. Patch from Bastiaan Bakker 1206 of LifeLine Networks. 1207 CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR. From 1208 Derek J. Balling. 1209 CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems. 1210 Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc. 1211 DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed 1212 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1213 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the 1214 filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message. 1215 Filters which use this function must include the 1216 SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure. 1217 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server 1218 will terminate the SMTP session with that error. 1219 LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a 1220 named socket in the file system if it is running as root. 1221 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter 1222 to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress, 1223 resetting the timeout. 1224 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter 1225 to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect 1226 failure to do so before calling smfi_main(). 1227 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the 1228 filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply. 1229 LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring 1230 them instead of stopping after too many occurred. 1231 Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems. 1232 LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in 1233 docs/sample.html. Reported by Dmitry Adamushko. 1234 LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT. 1235 Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group. 1236 LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg(). Patches 1237 from Bryan Costales. 1238 LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if 1239 poll(2) should be used instead of select(2). 1240 LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol 1241 amendments to support header insertion operations. 1242 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see 1243 mail.local/README. Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY 1244 Informations Services. 1245 MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts. 1246 MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use 1247 instead of '#'. 1248 VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of 1249 whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc: 1250 headers. 1251 VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address 1252 for the auto-response message. 1253 New Files: 1254 CACerts 1255 cf/feature/conncontrol.m4 1256 cf/feature/greet_pause.m4 1257 cf/feature/mtamark.m4 1258 cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4 1259 cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4 1260 cf/ostype/unicos.m4 1261 cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4 1262 cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4 1263 contrib/socketmapClient.pl 1264 contrib/socketmapServer.pl 1265 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 1266 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk 1267 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp 1268 devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample 1269 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h 1270 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h 1271 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h 1272 libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html 1273 libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html 1274 libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html 1275 libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html 1276 libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html 1277 libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html 1278 sendmail/ratectrl.c 1279 Deleted Files: 1280 cf/feature/nodns.m4 1281 contrib/oldbind.compat.c 1282 devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 1283 devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 1284 libsm/vsprintf.c 1285 Renamed Files: 1286 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x 1287 12888.12.11/8.12.11 2004/01/18 1289 Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files. This error was a 1290 regression in 8.12.10. Problem detected and diagnosed 1291 Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company. 1292 Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and 1293 make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not 1294 exceeded. Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of 1295 Techfirm, Inc. 1296 Take care of systems that can generate time values where the 1297 seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59. 1298 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS. 1299 Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes 1300 whose process id is the same as that of the initial 1301 sendmail process that was used to start the daemon. 1302 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS. 1303 When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied 1304 recipient address also against the printable addresses 1305 of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses. 1306 Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum. 1307 BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the 1308 error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the 1309 right hand side error:. Patch from Per Hedeland. 1310 Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages. 1311 Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 1312 Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit 1313 text that has been introduced in 8.12.3. There are some 1314 examples where the new code fails, but the old code works. 1315 To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with 1316 -DMIME7TO8_OLD=0. If you have an example of improper 1317 7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us. 1318 Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of 1319 the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a 1320 connection. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 1321 Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which 1322 causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string". 1323 To avoid this everything after LF is ignored. 1324 If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set 1325 then a possible race condition for creating qf files 1326 can be avoided. Note: the race condition does not 1327 exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an 1328 external application that accesses qf files. 1329 Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for 1330 the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options. 1331 Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df 1332 files could be left behind. Problem found by Wolfgang 1333 Breyha. 1334 The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been 1335 deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13. This only 1336 effects configuration which preserve those variable via the 1337 'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire 1338 environment. 1339 Portability: 1340 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 1341 Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of 1342 Sun Microsystems. 1343 LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data 1344 to libmilter. Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski. 1345 SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'. 1346 Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads. 1347 New Files: 1348 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 1349 13508.12.10/8.12.10 2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17) 1351 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing. Problem 1352 detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller 1353 of Courtesan Consulting. 1354 Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing. This problem 1355 is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration; 1356 only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or 1357 mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then 1358 a problem may occur. Problem noted by Timo Sirainen. 1359 Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength. 1360 Problem noted by Thomas Schulz. 1361 Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows. 1362 Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME 1363 conversions. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1364 Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message, 1365 not just header. Problem noted by Axel Holscher. 1366 Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP 1367 transactions for broken clients which do not properly 1368 announce 8 bit data. Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich. 1369 Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients. 1370 Based on patch from Arne Jansen. 1371 Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts. 1372 Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when 1373 encountering a comment that is too long. Problem noted by 1374 Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia. 1375 Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO 1376 checking. It is used for IPv6 domain literals. Patch from 1377 Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd. 1378 Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt. 1379 Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU. 1380 Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version 1381 to make sure they match. 1382 Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled 1383 in the kernel. 1384 When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error, 1385 do not ignore the other recipients. Problem noted by 1386 Bart Duchesne. 1387 CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which 1388 lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text". Problem noted by 1389 Craig Hunt. 1390 CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument. Patch 1391 from Jerome Borsboom. 1392 CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl 1393 and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc. Patches from 1394 Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo. 1395 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an 1396 improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the 1397 mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered 1398 after the close() and before the truncate(). 1399 MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a 1400 stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout). 1401 Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC. 1402 Portability: 1403 Port for AIX 5.2. Thanks to Steve Hubert of University 1404 of Washington for providing access to a computer 1405 with AIX 5.2. 1406 setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3. Patch from 1407 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 1408 Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH 1409 on all operating systems. Patch from Robert Harker 1410 of Harker Systems. 1411 Use strerror(3) on Linux. If this causes a problem on 1412 your Linux distribution, compile with 1413 -DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it. 1414 Added Files: 1415 devtools/OS/AIX.5.2 1416 14178.12.9/8.12.9 2003/03/29 1418 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to 1419 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially 1420 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 1421 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to 1422 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which 1423 includes DNS. 1424 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs, 1425 8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in 1426 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with 1427 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101. 1428 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be 1429 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default 1430 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024. 1431 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only 1432 protects against frontal attacks from the outside. 1433 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults, 1434 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0. 1435 Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail. Problem noted 1436 by Derek Wueppelmann. 1437 Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not 1438 have flock(2). Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings 1439 College London. 1440 Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various 1441 errors, e.g., looping processes. Problem noted by 1442 Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V. 1443 CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host. 1444 Patch from Andrzej Filip. 1445 CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet'). 1446 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable 1447 text file instead of the database map. 1448 Portability: 1449 Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the 1450 builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux. 1451 This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0 1452 in which case the OS supplied version will be used. 1453 14548.12.8/8.12.8 2003/02/11 1455 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by 1456 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the 1457 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd 1458 of ISS X-Force. 1459 Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the 1460 .cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in 1461 parsing ident responses. Problem noted by Yichen Xie of 1462 Stanford University Compilation Group. 1463 Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for 1464 the selected queue group. Problem noted by Jos Vos. 1465 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed, 1466 log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated 1467 MIME header". Problem noted by Ian J Hart. 1468 CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus 1469 error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()". 1470 MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether 1471 a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not 1472 a regular file. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1473 14748.12.7/8.12.7 2002/12/29 1475 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data 1476 across various connections. This could cause session 1477 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements, 1478 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted 1479 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health. 1480 Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue. The MSP 1481 only needs to relay all mail to the MTA. Problem found 1482 by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 1483 Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100 1484 characters in some logging statements. Problem noted by 1485 Erik Parker. 1486 When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use 1487 EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5 1488 is used. 1489 Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command. Problem 1490 noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o. 1491 Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics 1492 file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at 1493 install time. This fixes installation over NFS for some 1494 users. Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional 1495 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1496 Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data. Problem noted by 1497 Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic. 1498 Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead 1499 of 11 or higher. 1500 Print early system errors to the console instead of silently 1501 exiting. Problem noted by James Jong of IBM. 1502 Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless 1503 of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v). 1504 The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name" 1505 to be run even if Runners=0. 1506 Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing 1507 connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE. 1508 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1509 Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo 1510 (/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available. 1511 Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0. Problem noted by 1512 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1513 Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in 1514 rulesets. Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ. 1515 Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting. Problem noted 1516 by John Majikes of IBM. 1517 Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across 1518 different processes. Problem noted by Randy Kunkee. 1519 Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection 1520 times out during message collection. Problem noted by Neil 1521 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1522 Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with 1523 qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems). 1524 Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr.. 1525 If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>". Problem 1526 noted by Matthias Andree. 1527 Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some 1528 versions of tmac. Patch from Per Hedeland. 1529 Portability: 1530 Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25). 1531 Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken 1532 and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires 1533 an argument, hence the builtin version of 1534 sendmail is used instead. This can be overridden 1535 by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0. Problem noted by 1536 Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o. 1537 Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University 1538 of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1539 Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson 1540 of the TrustedBSD Project. 1541 Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX 1542 system from Michel Bourget of SGI. 1543 Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman. 1544 Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky 1545 Corporation. 1546 Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez. 1547 CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks 1548 is used. Problem noted by Malte Starostik. 1549 CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus 1550 DNS entries to get around access restrictions. 1551 Problem noted by Kai Schlichting. 1552 CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default 1553 to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost 1554 which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or 1555 ::1 for IPv6). If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then 1556 you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment 1557 in the file itself. 1558 CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid 1559 error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending 1560 mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of 1561 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1562 CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings. 1563 CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to 1564 relay. 1565 CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included 1566 in access_db. 1567 CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell. 1568 LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if 1569 an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs. 1570 Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 1571 LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64. 1572 Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole 1573 Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1574 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on 1575 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of 1576 Sun Microsystems. 1577 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3) 1578 fails. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1579 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be 1580 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of 1581 iDEFENSE, Inc. 1582 New Files: 1583 devtools/OS/Interix 1584 include/sm/bdb.h 1585 15868.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26 1587 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list 1588 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option. 1589 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost 1590 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together. 1591 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev. 1592 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set 1593 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 1594 Courtesan Consulting. 1595 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group 1596 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem 1597 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 1598 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected 1599 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 1600 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1601 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to 1602 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the 1603 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff 1604 Earickson of Colby College. 1605 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails 1606 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of 1607 Courtesan Consulting. 1608 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for 1609 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH. 1610 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries 1611 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz 1612 Henrique Duma of BSIOne. 1613 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using 1614 execve(). 1615 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may 1616 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem 1617 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc. 1618 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up 1619 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This 1620 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with 1621 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil 1622 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1623 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data, 1624 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are 1625 supposed for addresses on the header content. 1626 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset. 1627 Portability: 1628 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple 1629 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on 1630 fix from Scott Walters. 1631 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 1632 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell 1633 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 1634 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0). 1635 NETISO support has been dropped. 1636 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect 1637 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT. 1638 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only 1639 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to 1640 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts 1641 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR 1642 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this 1643 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address 1644 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain 1645 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed 1646 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original 1647 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern 1648 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by 1649 Stefaan Van Hoornick. 1650 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses 1651 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}. 1652 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 1653 University. 1654 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups. 1655 Fix from Andrzej Filip. 1656 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page 1657 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1658 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a 1659 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 1660 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based 1661 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 1662 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1663 New Files: 1664 contrib/etrn.0 1665 16668.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25 1667 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user 1668 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration 1669 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the 1670 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence 1671 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by 1672 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems. 1673 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS 1674 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems 1675 with rogue DNS servers. 1676 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted 1677 by Bryan Costales. 1678 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for 1679 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan 1680 Costales. 1681 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by 1682 turning off alarms before checking if event list is 1683 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 1684 Polytechnic Institute. 1685 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered 1686 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems. 1687 Portability: 1688 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later 1689 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by 1690 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin 1691 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware. 1692 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless 1693 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped, 1694 8.13 will change the default locking method to 1695 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may 1696 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with 1697 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail 1698 related programs to match locking techniques. 1699 17008.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03 1701 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model 1702 can leave systems open to a local denial of service 1703 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS" 1704 section of the top level README for more information. 1705 Problem noted by lumpy. 1706 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile 1707 instead of 0644. 1708 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files 1709 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 1710 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 1711 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable 1712 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of 1713 Purdue University. 1714 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted 1715 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 1716 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1717 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter 1718 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas 1719 of Active State. 1720 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the 1721 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches 1722 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 1723 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by 1724 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength 1725 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on 1726 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic). 1727 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection 1728 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke. 1729 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested 1730 by Bill Fenner of AT&T. 1731 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line 1732 or the queue. 1733 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to 1734 user who started sendmail. 1735 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if 1736 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested 1737 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus. 1738 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths 1739 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and 1740 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options 1741 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of 1742 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich. 1743 Portability: 1744 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not 1745 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature. 1746 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX. 1747 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be 1748 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of 1749 Charles University in Prague. 1750 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared 1751 memory. 1752 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map. 1753 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 1754 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with 1755 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail 1756 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 1757 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that 1758 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd. 1759 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking 1760 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to 1761 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver 1762 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem 1763 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project. 1764 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode} 1765 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem 1766 noted by Bryan Costales. 1767 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no 1768 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip. 1769 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested 1770 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd. 1771 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by 1772 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 1773 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to 1774 match dnsbl change. 1775 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file, 1776 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially 1777 installing the sendmail statistics file. 1778 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case 1779 a user's filter starts other applications. 1780 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate 1781 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL. 1782 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from 1783 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 1784 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 1785 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR. 1786 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University. 1787 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show 1788 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem 1789 noted by Bryan Costales. 1790 New Files: 1791 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4 1792 17938.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05 1794 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups 1795 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail 1796 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved 1797 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back 1798 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken 1799 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary. 1800 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it 1801 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence 1802 queue files should not be moved unless those internals 1803 are understood and the integrity of the files is not 1804 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia 1805 University. 1806 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different 1807 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail 1808 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is 1809 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen 1810 of INTERMETA. 1811 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget 1812 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. 1813 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions. 1814 Problem noted by Guy Feltin. 1815 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter 1816 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of 1817 ActiveState. 1818 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem 1819 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 1820 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to 1821 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 1822 Northern Illinois University. 1823 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path 1824 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer 1825 of Dinoex. 1826 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually 1827 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 1828 Polytechnic Institute. 1829 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data 1830 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them 1831 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman. 1832 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection 1833 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero. 1834 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University. 1835 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection. 1836 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1837 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on 1838 patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1839 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch 1840 missing arguments. 1841 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by 1842 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used. 1843 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web. 1844 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges. 1845 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1846 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial 1847 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas 1848 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven. 1849 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running 1850 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon 1851 Lusky of ISS Atlanta. 1852 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue 1853 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list 1854 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett 1855 of Concordia University. 1856 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem 1857 found by Mario Nigrovic. 1858 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed 1859 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the 1860 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by 1861 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com. 1862 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or 1863 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark 1864 Elvers. 1865 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections. 1866 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number 1867 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the 1868 total number of TCP connections. 1869 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially 1870 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary. 1871 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere. 1872 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers 1873 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian. 1874 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files. 1875 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of 1876 Texas. 1877 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421 1878 to 451. 1879 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was 1880 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on 1881 patch by Bryan Costales. 1882 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short 1883 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada. 1884 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote 1885 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O 1886 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a 1887 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was 1888 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher 1889 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of 1890 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU, 1891 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1892 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers 1893 which drop the connection instead of responding to the 1894 command). 1895 Portability: 1896 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is 1897 available. 1898 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform 1899 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR 1900 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of 1901 Skyrr. 1902 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem 1903 noted by John Beck. 1904 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0. 1905 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From 1906 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard. 1907 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for 1908 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in 1909 8.12.0 but a release note was not included. 1910 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce 1911 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary 1912 error. 1913 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using 1914 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by 1915 Krzysztof Oledzki. 1916 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias 1917 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP. 1918 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp') 1919 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip. 1920 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of 1921 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers. 1922 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified, 1923 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless 1924 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by 1925 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies. 1926 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in 1927 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise 1928 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the 1929 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog 1930 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the 1931 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the 1932 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed 1933 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1934 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID 1935 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem 1936 noted by John Beck. 1937 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around 1938 if queue groups are used. 1939 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild. 1940 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket. 1941 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command. 1942 Suggested by Bryan Costales. 1943 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs. 1944 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket 1945 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice: 1946 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have 1947 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port 1948 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems. 1949 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState. 1950 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but 1951 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the 1952 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned. 1953 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as 1954 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins 1955 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1956 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set 1957 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include 1958 ldap_memfree(). 1959 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X 1960 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag. 1961 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem 1962 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH. 1963 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based 1964 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California, 1965 San Francisco. 1966 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales. 1967 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by 1968 Joe Barbish. 1969 New Files: 1970 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html 1971 19728.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13 1973 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing 1974 at startup, only log an error message. 1975 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character 1976 following -b) has been specified. 1977 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the 1978 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted 1979 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1980 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status. 1981 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat 1982 Regensburg. 1983 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent 1984 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command. 1985 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico 1986 Institute of Mining and Technology. 1987 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body 1988 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 1989 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1990 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in 1991 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 1992 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1993 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon 1994 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes. 1995 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 1996 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad 1997 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal 1998 SMTP connections. 1999 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by 2000 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining 2001 and Technology. 2002 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the 2003 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822 2004 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2005 Meteorological Institute. 2006 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address 2007 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web 2008 Online. 2009 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize 2010 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile 2011 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF, 2012 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for 2013 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file 2014 types, respectively. 2015 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at 2016 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks 2017 of Virginia Tech. 2018 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the 2019 alias file, not just for include/.forward files. 2020 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2021 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup. 2022 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2023 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same 2024 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis. 2025 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected 2026 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University 2027 of Vienna. 2028 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell 2029 of Sun Microsystems. 2030 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset. 2031 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client 2032 with servers that do not support realms when using 2033 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin. 2034 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the 2035 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem 2036 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 2037 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during 2038 command line invocations log them to make it simpler 2039 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster. 2040 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set. 2041 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections 2042 instead of forcing localhost. 2043 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and 2044 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig. 2045 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem 2046 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2047 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly 2048 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop 2049 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number" 2050 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 2051 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2052 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's 2053 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all. 2054 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of 2055 Compaq Computer Corp. 2056 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works 2057 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia 2058 Tech. 2059 Portability: 2060 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on 2061 patch provided by HP. 2062 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a 2063 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke. 2064 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu 2065 Sachin of Siemens. 2066 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX. 2067 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This 2068 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus 2069 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem 2070 noted by Tapani Tarvainen. 2071 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted 2072 by Boyd Lynn Gerber. 2073 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port 2074 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 2075 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON, 2076 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README 2077 for more information. From Mark Bixby of 2078 Hewlett-Packard. 2079 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space 2080 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space. 2081 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 2082 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of 2083 Virginia Tech. 2084 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota 2085 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center. 2086 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string. 2087 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2088 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed 2089 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of 2090 FreeBSD Services, Ltd. 2091 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX 2092 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 2093 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers. 2094 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of 2095 Florida. 2096 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by 2097 Altin Waldmann. 2098 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and 2099 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of 2100 Hewlett-Packard. 2101 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after 2102 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev 2103 of MSFU. 2104 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking. 2105 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 2106 Institute. 2107 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman. 2108 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt 2109 to free memory twice. 2110 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library. 2111 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley 2112 of Sun Microsystems. 2113 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when 2114 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP 2115 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the 2116 University of Athens. 2117 New Files: 2118 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf 2119 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc 2120 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4 2121 cf/ostype/mpeix.m4 2122 devtools/OS/AIX.5.1 2123 devtools/OS/MPE-iX 2124 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h 2125 libsm/mpeix.c 2126 21278.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01 2128 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded 2129 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by 2130 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for 2131 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem 2132 found by Michal Zalewski. 2133 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra 2134 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag) 2135 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is 2136 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski. 2137 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files. 2138 Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 2139 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP 2140 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or 2141 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets. 2142 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default 2143 values for configuration file and pid file but also the 2144 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman. 2145 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL 2146 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time 2147 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously 2148 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem 2149 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research. 2150 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the 2151 canonical name for a host. 2152 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command 2153 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission 2154 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on 2155 suggestion from Michal Zalewski. 2156 Portability: 2157 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version. 2158 `uname` does not given complete information. 2159 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna 2160 Aircraft Company. 2161 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local). 2162 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX. 2163 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass 2164 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 2165 Courtesan Consulting. 2166 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize 2167 problems with potential misconfigurations. 2168 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem 2169 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and 2170 Technology Organisation of Australia. 2171 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case 2172 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists 2173 then use it. 2174 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by 2175 Richard A. Nelson of Debian. 2176 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted 2177 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 2178 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases, 2179 and vacation. 2180 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does 2181 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from 2182 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard. 2183 New Files: 2184 test/Build 2185 test/Makefile 2186 test/Makefile.m4 2187 test/README 2188 test/t_dropgid.c 2189 test/t_setgid.c 2190 Deleted Files: 2191 include/sm/stdio.h 2192 include/sm/sysstat.h 2193 21948.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08 2195 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use 2196 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and 2197 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by 2198 default). The installation process tries to install 2199 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by 2200 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details. 2201 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include: 2202 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely 2203 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new 2204 flags: 2205 GroupWritableForwardFile 2206 WorldWritableForwardFile 2207 GroupWritableIncludeFile 2208 WorldWritableIncludeFile 2209 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska, 2210 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested 2211 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 2212 (IdS). 2213 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump 2214 point where the variable could become overused for more than 2215 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in 2216 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now 2217 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro, 2218 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems. 2219 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission 2220 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a 2221 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission 2222 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details 2223 see sendmail/SECURITY. 2224 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label. 2225 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc. 2226 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf 2227 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See 2228 sendmail/SECURITY. 2229 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue 2230 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID 2231 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY. 2232 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default), 2233 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it 2234 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection 2235 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf 2236 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY. 2237 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX 2238 command has been removed. 2239 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off 2240 at compile time or per host (ruleset). 2241 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database 2242 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value 2243 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database 2244 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c. 2245 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters 2246 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with 2247 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer 2248 supported. 2249 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by 2250 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders 2251 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller 2252 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole 2253 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The 2254 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient 2255 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list 2256 creation rather than just before delivery. 2257 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous 2258 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail 2259 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching 2260 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value 2261 preference matches (coattail). 2262 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will 2263 try other MX hosts if available. 2264 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for 2265 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication. 2266 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable 2267 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based 2268 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 2269 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used. 2270 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side 2271 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo. 2272 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be 2273 removed in future versions. 2274 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554 2275 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender. 2276 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength 2277 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See 2278 doc/op/op.me for details. 2279 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject}, 2280 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that 2281 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash 2282 of the presented certificate, respectively. 2283 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS. 2284 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the 2285 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details. 2286 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular 2287 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure 2288 enough on a per recipient basis. 2289 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server 2290 for STARTTLS. 2291 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the 2292 value "NOT". 2293 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off 2294 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail. 2295 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file. 2296 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2297 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if 2298 really required. This change results in a noticable 2299 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared 2300 memory is in use, reuse the key several times. 2301 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with 2302 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details. 2303 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater 2304 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they 2305 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope 2306 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the 2307 command line, then the value also limits the number of 2308 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are 2309 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of 2310 by a queue run. 2311 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file 2312 system each queue directory resides in. 2313 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent. 2314 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files. 2315 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work 2316 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment 2317 collected together) to process the same work list at the 2318 same time. 2319 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently 2320 active queue runner processes. 2321 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue 2322 runners per queue group. 2323 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows 2324 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is 2325 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members 2326 of the queue that match during processing. 2327 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of 2328 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single 2329 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue 2330 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this 2331 persistent queue runner. 2332 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a 2333 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval: 2334 sendmail -q15m). 2335 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners. 2336 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 2337 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q 2338 unless the new -qf option or -v is used. 2339 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if 2340 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention. 2341 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time 2342 of the qf file (older entries first). 2343 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows 2344 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail 2345 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the 2346 minimum amount of time or disable the extension. 2347 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are 2348 not allowed unless escaped or quoted. 2349 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed 2350 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on 2351 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer 2352 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of 2353 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden. 2354 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old 2355 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets. 2356 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 2357 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used 2358 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set 2359 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system 2360 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for 2361 details. 2362 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print 2363 the number of entries in the queue(s). 2364 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README 2365 and the usual documentation for details. 2366 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10. 2367 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as 2368 announced in 8.10. 2369 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead. 2370 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is 2371 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by 2372 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2373 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout), 2374 -r (number of retries). 2375 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a 2376 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute 2377 and value separated by the given separator. 2378 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and) 2379 to map class arith. 2380 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces'' 2381 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped. 2382 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and 2383 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files. 2384 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax 2385 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is 2386 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used. 2387 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for 2388 filenames with spaces). 2389 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames. 2390 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc: 2391 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection. 2392 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection. 2393 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection. 2394 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong 2395 to the loopback net. 2396 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients. 2397 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from 2398 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart. 2399 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for 2400 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command. 2401 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for 2402 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed. 2403 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once 2404 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option 2405 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD 2406 Development Group. 2407 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages 2408 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not 2409 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0 2410 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most 2411 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that 2412 load average is exceeded. 2413 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of 2414 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer. 2415 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines 2416 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100). 2417 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2418 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0'). 2419 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead. 2420 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC] 2421 instead. 2422 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC] 2423 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead. 2424 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the 2425 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the 2426 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2427 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags} 2428 for direct (command line) submissions. 2429 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in 2430 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun 2431 Hagino of the KAME Project. 2432 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers 2433 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:. 2434 Proposed by Andrzej Filip. 2435 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing 2436 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level 2437 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP 2438 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries. 2439 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format 2440 before logging. 2441 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given 2442 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher). 2443 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher. 2444 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections 2445 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or 2446 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway. 2447 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for 2448 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl 2449 of the Universitat Regensburg. 2450 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including 2451 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories, 2452 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools, 2453 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O 2454 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil. 2455 See libsm/index.html for details. 2456 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken 2457 care of by fork() and exit(). 2458 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for 2459 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms 2460 new and old (from new libsm). 2461 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two 2462 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf'). 2463 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's. 2464 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used 2465 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk 2466 synchronizations calls. 2467 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output. 2468 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail. 2469 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS" 2470 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info). 2471 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories. 2472 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me 2473 for details. 2474 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors 2475 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs 2476 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform). 2477 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 2478 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error 2479 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the 2480 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 2481 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems 2482 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent 2483 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and 2484 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable, 2485 then that email had been delivered in each queue run. 2486 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita 2487 degli Studi dell'Insubria. 2488 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed, 2489 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now. 2490 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and 2491 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 2492 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When 2493 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers 2494 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6) 2495 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new 2496 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and 2497 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at 2498 Urbana-Champaign. 2499 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem 2500 noted by Joy Latten of IBM. 2501 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second 2502 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of 2503 connections. 2504 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force 2505 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the 2506 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of 2507 cf/README. 2508 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If 2509 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a 2510 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the 2511 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This 2512 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me 2513 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be 2514 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read 2515 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR 2516 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an 2517 example). 2518 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for 2519 the default schema used in the above two items. 2520 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a 2521 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class 2522 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path. 2523 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning 2524 if a program being run from a mailer or file class 2525 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable. 2526 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w} 2527 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback" 2528 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the 2529 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces. 2530 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC. 2531 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple 2532 HELO/EHLO commands. 2533 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each 2534 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing 2535 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect 2536 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of 2537 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the 2538 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori 2539 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2540 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges 2541 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root 2542 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases, 2543 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v 2544 (verbose) command line option. 2545 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface 2546 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall 2547 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set). 2548 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2549 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input: 2550 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of 2551 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2552 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group 2553 can be specified using the '#' option character. For 2554 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'. 2555 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the 2556 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback 2557 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of 2558 British Columbia. 2559 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501 2560 because 501 is not allowed on all commands. 2561 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be 2562 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 2563 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail 2564 if required. 2565 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map 2566 class instead. 2567 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the 2568 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example, 2569 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to 2570 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4]. 2571 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the 2572 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run. 2573 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the 2574 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick 2575 Nelson of IBM. 2576 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too 2577 many "light weight" commands have been received are now 2578 configurable during compile time. The current values and 2579 their defaults are: 2580 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands 2581 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 2582 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 2583 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 2584 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 2585 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan 2586 Costales of SL3D, Inc. 2587 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if 2588 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty. 2589 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used 2590 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2591 Meteorological Institute. 2592 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce 2593 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses 2594 which are not delivered on the initial attempt. 2595 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after 2596 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future 2597 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 2598 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for 2599 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory 2600 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be 2601 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux. 2602 See sendmail/README for further information. 2603 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if 2604 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by 2605 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom. 2606 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the 2607 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 2608 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2609 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix 2610 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink. 2611 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of 2612 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of 2613 flora.ca. 2614 Portability: 2615 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character 2616 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by 2617 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2618 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR, 2619 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group 2620 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set 2621 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch 2622 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari 2623 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2624 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under 2625 Solaris 8 and later. 2626 Add support for OpenUNIX. 2627 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10. 2628 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf. 2629 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc. 2630 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt). 2631 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with 2632 temporary lookup failures. 2633 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default 2634 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names 2635 or IP nets. 2636 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or 2637 relay address as long as the other part allows the email 2638 to get through. 2639 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter 2640 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an 2641 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by 2642 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been 2643 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses. 2644 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed 2645 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER 2646 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come 2647 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used. 2648 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G} 2649 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated 2650 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2651 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup 2652 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually 2653 terminates check_* ruleset checking. 2654 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset 2655 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details. 2656 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether 2657 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version} 2658 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})". 2659 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks') 2660 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable 2661 specification of whole domains instead of just users. 2662 Notice: this change is not backward compatible. 2663 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 2664 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see 2665 cf/README for details. 2666 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in 2667 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the 2668 University of Maryland. 2669 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for 2670 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online. 2671 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default 2672 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access 2673 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively. 2674 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument 2675 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one. 2676 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem 2677 Solving. 2678 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific 2679 options, see doc/op/op.me for details. 2680 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for 2681 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). 2682 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated 2683 immediately. 2684 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which 2685 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups. 2686 See cf/README for details. 2687 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for 2688 temporary lookup failures. 2689 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for 2690 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension. 2691 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared 2692 memory use. 2693 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting 2694 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the 2695 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain, 2696 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias 2697 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd. 2698 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user 2699 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2700 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered 2701 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 2702 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of 2703 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used. 2704 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the 2705 +detail portion of the address when passing address to 2706 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail 2707 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this. 2708 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl'). 2709 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE() 2710 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP 2711 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the 2712 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for 2713 additional details. 2714 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 2715 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being 2716 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more 2717 information. 2718 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look 2719 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based 2720 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau. 2721 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing 2722 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject 2723 recipients as user unknown. 2724 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map 2725 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS'' 2726 section of cf/README for more information. 2727 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster} 2728 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING 2729 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''. 2730 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(), 2731 which takes the options as argument and can be used 2732 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 2733 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options: 2734 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle 2735 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers 2736 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase 2737 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren 2738 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue 2739 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun 2740 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode 2741 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit 2742 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions 2743 See above (and related documentation) for further information. 2744 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options: 2745 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect 2746 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth 2747 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo 2748 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls 2749 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API: 2750 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters 2751 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel 2752 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect 2753 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo 2754 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom 2755 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt 2756 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and 2757 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and 2758 doc/op/op.me for details. 2759 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains. 2760 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori 2761 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2762 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the 2763 dequote map. 2764 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups. 2765 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based 2766 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient. 2767 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed 2768 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For 2769 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address 2770 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need 2771 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side. 2772 This affects the access database as well as the 2773 relay-domains and local-host-names files. 2774 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux). 2775 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST. 2776 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading 2777 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of 2778 Mississippi State University. 2779 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users 2780 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file. 2781 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4 2782 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map. 2783 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2784 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library 2785 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP, 2786 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN. 2787 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off 2788 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating 2789 systems which don't include cat directories. 2790 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap. 2791 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 2792 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the 2793 mailbox database type. 2794 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to 2795 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home 2796 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on 2797 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net. 2798 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but 2799 doesn't truncate the statistics file. 2800 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter 2801 instead of white space. 2802 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 2803 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2804 Meteorological Institute. 2805 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later. 2806 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to 2807 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 2808 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout 2809 instead of syslog. 2810 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login 2811 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used 2812 to specify the database and message file since there is no 2813 home directory for the default settings for these options. 2814 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 2815 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option 2816 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which 2817 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file. 2818 New Directories: 2819 libmilter/docs 2820 New Files: 2821 cf/cf/README 2822 cf/cf/submit.cf 2823 cf/cf/submit.mc 2824 cf/feature/authinfo.m4 2825 cf/feature/compat_check.m4 2826 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4 2827 cf/feature/msp.m4 2828 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4 2829 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4 2830 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4 2831 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4 2832 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4 2833 cf/sendmail.schema 2834 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4 2835 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4 2836 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386 2837 editmap/* 2838 include/sm/* 2839 libsm/* 2840 libsmutil/cf.c 2841 libsmutil/err.c 2842 sendmail/SECURITY 2843 sendmail/TUNING 2844 sendmail/bf.c 2845 sendmail/bf.h 2846 sendmail/sasl.c 2847 sendmail/sm_resolve.c 2848 sendmail/sm_resolve.h 2849 sendmail/tls.c 2850 Deleted Files: 2851 cf/feature/rbl.m4 2852 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 2853 devtools/OS/AIX.2 2854 include/sendmail/cdefs.h 2855 include/sendmail/errstring.h 2856 include/sendmail/useful.h 2857 libsmutil/errstring.c 2858 sendmail/bf_portable.c 2859 sendmail/bf_portable.h 2860 sendmail/bf_torek.c 2861 sendmail/bf_torek.h 2862 sendmail/clock.c 2863 Renamed Files: 2864 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc 2865 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf 2866 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4 2867 28688.11.7/8.11.7 2003/03/29 2869 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by 2870 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the 2871 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd 2872 of ISS X-Force. 2873 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to 2874 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially 2875 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 2876 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to 2877 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which 2878 includes DNS. 2879 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs, 2880 8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in 2881 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with 2882 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101. 2883 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be 2884 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default 2885 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024. 2886 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only 2887 protects against frontal attacks from the outside. 2888 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults, 2889 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0. 2890 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data 2891 across various connections. This could cause session 2892 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements, 2893 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted 2894 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health. 2895 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the 2896 canonical name for a host. 2897 Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps. 2898 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line 2899 or the queue. 2900 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by 2901 turning off alarms before checking if event list is 2902 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 2903 Polytechnic Institute. 2904 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable 2905 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of 2906 Purdue University. 2907 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files. 2908 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of 2909 Texas. 2910 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce 2911 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary 2912 error. 2913 CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if 2914 FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled. 2915 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases, 2916 and vacation. 2917 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X 2918 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag. 2919 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does 2920 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from 2921 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard. 2922 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on 2923 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of 2924 Sun Microsystems. 2925 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be 2926 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of 2927 iDEFENSE, Inc. 2928 29298.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20 2930 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying 2931 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by 2932 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus. 2933 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could 2934 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been 2935 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout 2936 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem 2937 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard. 2938 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many 2939 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by 2940 Werner Wiethege. 2941 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem 2942 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca 2943 29448.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31 2945 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart 2946 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without 2947 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha 2948 of SE Netway Communications. 2949 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or 2950 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 2951 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system 2952 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back 2953 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim 2954 Bosserman of EarthLink. 2955 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP 2956 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response. 2957 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using 2958 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be 2959 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo 2960 University College. 2961 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by 2962 Greg King of the OAO Corporation. 2963 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent 2964 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent. 2965 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope 2966 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the 2967 University at Albany. 2968 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem 2969 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 2970 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override 2971 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O 2972 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts 2973 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese. 2974 Portability: 2975 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem 2976 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 2977 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?). 2978 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 2979 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline 2980 2000 Internet Solutions Inc. 2981 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian 2982 Hagedorn of Cologne University. 2983 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses 2984 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou. 2985 29868.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28 2987 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap 2988 corruption and other potential race conditions. 2989 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be 2990 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can 2991 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by 2992 Michal Zalewski of BindView. 2993 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an 2994 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption 2995 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol. 2996 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is 2997 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have 2998 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms. 2999 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch 3000 from Kenji Miyake. 3001 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding 3002 QueueDirectory wildcards. 3003 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close 3004 the same map again while exiting. 3005 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via 3006 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University 3007 of Tuebingen. 3008 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took 3009 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce 3010 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of 3011 Oklahoma State University. 3012 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex 3013 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of 3014 InTouch Systems, Inc. 3015 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the 3016 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection 3017 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of 3018 Morgan Stanley. 3019 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the 3020 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil 3021 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3022 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch 3023 from Werner Wiethege. 3024 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket 3025 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley. 3026 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer 3027 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty 3028 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY 3029 Internet Services. 3030 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich 3031 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 3032 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by 3033 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3034 Portability: 3035 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation. 3036 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back 3037 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS. 3038 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X. 3039 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source 3040 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3041 Meteorological Institute. 3042 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD 3043 since it generates random process ids. 3044 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings 3045 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0'). 3046 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3047 New Files: 3048 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4 3049 30508.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27 3051 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the 3052 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus 3053 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 3054 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3055 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which 3056 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote. 3057 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers 3058 communications consulting gmbh. 3059 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 3060 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 3061 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions 3062 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the 3063 connection came in from the command line. 3064 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions 3065 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from 3066 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3067 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in 3068 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure. 3069 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk 3070 when they were committed. 3071 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command. 3072 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch. 3073 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set 3074 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may 3075 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would 3076 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on. 3077 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A= 3078 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 3079 University. 3080 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially 3081 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before 3082 accept() completes. 3083 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be 3084 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given. 3085 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist 3086 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo 3087 Wellcome. 3088 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL, 3089 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing 3090 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 3091 University. 3092 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully 3093 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the 3094 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the 3095 University of New Brunswick. 3096 Portability: 3097 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO 3098 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally 3099 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition. 3100 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 3101 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 3102 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and 3103 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from 3104 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 3105 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if 3106 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem 3107 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc. 3108 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and 3109 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files. 3110 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations. 3111 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 3112 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems 3113 storing the temporary message file until after the remote 3114 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem 3115 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 3116 Institute. 3117 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users 3118 are also specified on the command line. Patch from 3119 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3120 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on 3121 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree). 3122 Renamed Files: 3123 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x 3124 31258.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29 3126 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in 3127 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit 3128 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be 3129 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 3130 Schools" project (IdS). 3131 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using 3132 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can 3133 be enabled by compiling with: 3134 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS') 3135 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by 3136 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 3137 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have 3138 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5. 3139 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read 3140 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the 3141 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of 3142 Colby College. 3143 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per 3144 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value. 3145 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started. 3146 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires 3147 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL 3148 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries). 3149 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for 3150 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of 3151 NxNetworks, Inc. 3152 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the 3153 client name. 3154 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting 3155 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of 3156 the Universitat Regensburg. 3157 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in 3158 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the 3159 University of Arizona. 3160 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano 3161 of Collective Technologies. 3162 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers 3163 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly. 3164 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet 3165 Engineering. 3166 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer 3167 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3168 Meteorological Institute. 3169 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 3170 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 3171 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3172 Meteorological Institute. 3173 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all 3174 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to 3175 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis 3176 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3177 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call 3178 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information. 3179 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF. 3180 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if 3181 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon 3182 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 3183 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of 3184 overall connections, not the number of connections per 3185 socket. A future version may change this to per socket 3186 counting. 3187 Portability: 3188 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms 3189 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem 3190 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS. 3191 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris' 3192 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc. 3193 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry 3194 Rosenman. 3195 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 3196 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 3197 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and 3198 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes 3199 of Pacific Access. 3200 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by 3201 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3202 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun 3203 Microsystems. 3204 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r') 3205 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online, 3206 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3207 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for 3208 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org. 3209 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e., 3210 implicitly assume canonical host names. 3211 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on 3212 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3213 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of 3214 Virginia Tech. 3215 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched 3216 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori 3217 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3218 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`). 3219 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted 3220 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting 3221 gmbh. 3222 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark 3223 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 3224 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4 3225 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent 3226 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura 3227 of Kyoto University. 3228 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It 3229 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for 3230 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to 3231 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future 3232 version. 3233 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X, 3234 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 3235 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3236 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore. 3237 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-* 3238 or *-owner. 3239 New Files: 3240 cf/ostype/aix5.m4 3241 contrib/buildvirtuser 3242 devtools/OS/AIX.5.0 3243 32448.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27 3245 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single 3246 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3247 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly 3248 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without 3249 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of 3250 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and 3251 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3252 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory 3253 wildcards. 3254 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent 3255 process may close the connection before the child process 3256 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong 3257 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang 3258 Hottgenroth of UUNET. 3259 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to 3260 read the LDAP secret from a file. 3261 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after 3262 the user submits the message and before the first delivery 3263 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet. 3264 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3265 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is 3266 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman 3267 of EarthLink. 3268 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero. 3269 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as 3270 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by 3271 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 3272 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem 3273 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3274 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot 3275 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G. 3276 Fournier of Acadia University. 3277 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close 3278 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are 3279 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and 3280 one of the others may be able to take over. 3281 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the 3282 previous load average query result. 3283 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened, 3284 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client 3285 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E 3286 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3287 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving 3288 the split envelopes before the original envelope. 3289 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of 3290 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark 3291 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 3292 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and 3293 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet. 3294 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and 3295 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem 3296 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University. 3297 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem 3298 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A. 3299 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP 3300 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the 3301 University of British Columbia. 3302 Portability: 3303 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9} 3304 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can 3305 override the setting. Suggested by 3306 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson. 3307 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of 3308 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From 3309 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College. 3310 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which 3311 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 3312 College. 3313 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From 3314 Tom Moore of NCR. 3315 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From 3316 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter. 3317 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file 3318 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John 3319 Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3320 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems 3321 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan 3322 Consulting. 3323 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}. 3324 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG. 3325 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with 3326 errors in the MAIL address. 3327 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem 3328 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech. 3329 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8). 3330 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3331 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add 3332 GECOS information for an address. This more closely 3333 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of 3334 Ericsson. 3335 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for 3336 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay 3337 mailer as described in cf/README. 3338 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas 3339 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK. 3340 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using 3341 makemap to 'unmake' the map. 3342 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to 3343 sendmail. 3344 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 3345 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3346 Meteorological Institute. 3347 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals. 3348 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single 3349 dot as the only character on the line. 3350 New Files: 3351 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4 3352 33538.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19 3354 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary 3355 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still 3356 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries 3357 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop 3358 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the 3359 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by 3360 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3361 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string 3362 it populates. It is possible that some broken 3363 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this. 3364 Systems in this category should compile with 3365 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your 3366 system and report broken implementations to 3367 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem 3368 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP. 3369 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS). 3370 Implementation influenced by the example programs of 3371 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus. 3372 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile, 3373 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile, 3374 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in 3375 cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 3376 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject}, 3377 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify}, 3378 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented 3379 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 3380 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better 3381 random data. 3382 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which 3383 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to 3384 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems. 3385 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which 3386 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim 3387 Martin of CMU. 3388 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security 3389 strength factor. 3390 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z 3391 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of 3392 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson 3393 of CMU. 3394 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's 3395 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute(). 3396 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP. 3397 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As 3398 documented, unless a family is specified in a 3399 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is 3400 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set. 3401 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets 3402 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if 3403 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted 3404 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 3405 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect 3406 the interface information for an outgoing connection. 3407 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket 3408 family and address used in subsequent connections if the 3409 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted 3410 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3411 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket 3412 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer 3413 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck 3414 of Sun Microsystems. 3415 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family} 3416 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and 3417 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b 3418 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve 3419 the incoming information in the queue file for later 3420 delivery attempts. 3421 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in 3422 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of 3423 smoe.org. 3424 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams 3425 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem 3426 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3427 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working. 3428 Problem noted by Ajay Matia. 3429 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred 3430 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be 3431 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem 3432 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3433 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting 3434 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per 3435 Hedeland of Ericsson. 3436 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT 3437 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities 3438 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert 3439 of Northern Illinois University. 3440 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem 3441 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3442 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query 3443 to kilobyte units. 3444 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure 3445 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later 3446 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo 3447 Polytechnic. 3448 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded 3449 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the 3450 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by 3451 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3452 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists 3453 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found). 3454 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3455 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the 3456 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3457 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and 3458 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that 3459 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>". 3460 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly 3461 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark 3462 G. Thomas Consulting. 3463 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident 3464 port number (113). 3465 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page. 3466 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 3467 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have 3468 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted 3469 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3470 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure 3471 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close 3472 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for 3473 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET. 3474 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4 3475 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the 3476 University of Mainz. 3477 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed 3478 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23. 3479 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission 3480 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 3481 Portability: 3482 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class 3483 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun 3484 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project. 3485 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX. 3486 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not 3487 work properly causing problems if the accept() 3488 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch 3489 from Tom Moore of NCR. 3490 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From 3491 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security. 3492 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED 3493 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux 3494 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped 3495 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and 3496 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 3497 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place. 3498 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3499 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 3500 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath 3501 confCACERT CACERTFile 3502 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile 3503 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile 3504 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters 3505 confRAND_FILE RandFile 3506 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile 3507 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile 3508 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new 3509 tags to the access database to support these policies. See 3510 cf/README for more information. 3511 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header. 3512 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't 3513 called due to a STARTTLS command. 3514 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent 3515 instead of temporary. 3516 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with 3517 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To: 3518 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas 3519 Consulting. 3520 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in 3521 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of 3522 RootsWeb.com. 3523 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and 3524 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as 3525 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the 3526 University of Maryland. 3527 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From 3528 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 3529 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from 3530 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and 3531 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if 3532 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz 3533 of the University of Alberta. 3534 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}. 3535 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation. 3536 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers. 3537 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash 3538 of X.509 certificates. 3539 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters; 3540 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the 3541 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the 3542 Universitat Regensburg. 3543 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a 3544 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3545 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue 3546 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3547 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as 3548 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3549 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by 3550 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration 3551 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3552 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to 3553 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc. 3554 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any 3555 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation 3556 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon 3557 University. 3558 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9. 3559 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create 3560 links. 3561 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not 3562 reported. 3563 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of 3564 Denman Tire Corporation. 3565 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with 3566 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU. 3567 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional). 3568 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff 3569 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson. 3570 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of 3571 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited. 3572 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not 3573 have a From line. 3574 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not 3575 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient. 3576 Added Files: 3577 cf/ostype/darwin.m4 3578 contrib/cidrexpand 3579 contrib/link_hash.sh 3580 contrib/movemail.conf 3581 contrib/movemail.pl 3582 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9 3583 test/t_snprintf.c 3584 35858.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07 3586 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation. 3587 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert 3588 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root 3589 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech 3590 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl. 3591 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(), 3592 initgroups(), and chroot() calls. 3593 Added Files: 3594 test/t_setuid.c 3595 35968.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06 3597 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP 3598 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in 3599 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not 3600 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the 3601 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See 3602 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information. 3603 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some 3604 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com. 3605 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long. 3606 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is 3607 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch 3608 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3609 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing 3610 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on 3611 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3612 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem 3613 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin. 3614 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership. 3615 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10 3616 or higher. 3617 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using 3618 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection. 3619 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string. 3620 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs. 3621 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 3622 Polytechnic Institute. 3623 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually 3624 discards the message. 3625 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side 3626 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is 3627 attempted to the alias. 3628 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other 3629 flag options. 3630 Portability: 3631 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for 3632 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X 3633 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult 3634 sendmail/README for further information. Problem 3635 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3636 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles 3637 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal. 3638 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install 3639 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation. 3640 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function. 3641 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X 3642 from J. P. McCann of E I A. 3643 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3). 3644 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet 3645 Services, LLC. 3646 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working 3647 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of 3648 Courtesan Consulting. 3649 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of 3650 Siemens Business Services. 3651 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to 3652 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht 3653 of WSRCC. 3654 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls. 3655 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS 3656 to be backward compatible with 8.9. 3657 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable 3658 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail. 3659 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete. 3660 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki 3661 of NEC. 3662 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture 3663 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR. 3664 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility 3665 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's 3666 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of 3667 Virginia Tech. 3668 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for 3669 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse 3670 University. 3671 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added 3672 for other internal projects but included in the open source 3673 release. 3674 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the 3675 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension. 3676 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem 3677 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds. 3678 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if 3679 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of 3680 Sendmail. 3681 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are 3682 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This 3683 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3684 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted 3685 as SFF_NOWRFILES. 3686 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by 3687 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of 3688 Northern Illinois University. 3689 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for 3690 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the 3691 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from 3692 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3693 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole 3694 Polytechnique de Montreal. 3695 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for 3696 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from 3697 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke. 3698 Added Files: 3699 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4 3700 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 3701 Deleted Files: 3702 contrib/converting.sun.configs 3703 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed): 3704 doc/intro 3705 doc/usenix 3706 doc/changes 3707 37088.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01 3709 ************************************************************* 3710 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered * 3711 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. * 3712 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering * 3713 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment * 3714 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and * 3715 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died * 3716 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a * 3717 * coach, and a friend. * 3718 * * 3719 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, * 3720 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. * 3721 * Julie, we miss you! * 3722 ************************************************************* 3723 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic 3724 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due 3725 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the 3726 symbolic link target. 3727 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild 3728 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the 3729 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 3730 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if 3731 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the 3732 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file 3733 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and 3734 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future 3735 version of sendmail. 3736 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and 3737 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted 3738 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 3739 (IdS). 3740 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects 3741 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details. 3742 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly 3743 for easier code sharing among the programs. 3744 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose 3745 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author} 3746 which hold the client's authentication credentials, 3747 the mechanism used for authentication, and the 3748 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if 3749 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU. 3750 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD 3751 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce 3752 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on 3753 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3754 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 3755 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is 3756 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3757 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 3758 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based 3759 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3760 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can 3761 now listen on several different ports. Use: 3762 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E 3763 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned 3764 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned 3765 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa'). 3766 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should 3767 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user 3768 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release. 3769 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option 3770 indicates that the message being submitted from the command 3771 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means 3772 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully 3773 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future 3774 releases may even reject improperly formed messages. 3775 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is 3776 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 3777 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that 3778 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U). 3779 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted 3780 from the command line is an initial user submission and act 3781 accordingly. 3782 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward 3783 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the 3784 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is 3785 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to 3786 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override 3787 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new 3788 setting NonRootSafeAddr. 3789 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set 3790 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to 3791 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of 3792 InCert Software. 3793 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward 3794 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is 3795 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many. 3796 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying 3797 a control socket request. 3798 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver 3799 settings: 3800 Timeout.resolver.retrans 3801 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 3802 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 3803 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal. 3804 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 3805 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 3806 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message. 3807 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 3808 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 3809 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first 3810 delivery attempt. 3811 Timeout.resolver.retry 3812 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 3813 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first 3814 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal. 3815 Timeout.resolver.retry.first 3816 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 3817 query for the first attempt to deliver a message. 3818 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 3819 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 3820 query for all resolver lookups except the first 3821 delivery attempt. 3822 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3823 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply 3824 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For 3825 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the 3826 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with 3827 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in 3828 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed 3829 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate 3830 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is 3831 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly 3832 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3833 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if 3834 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names 3835 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the 3836 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue 3837 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is 3838 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore 3839 Telecommunications Ltd. 3840 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be 3841 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned 3842 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be 3843 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com, 3844 Inc. 3845 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures 3846 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if 3847 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3848 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for 3849 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3850 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This 3851 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing 3852 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3853 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been 3854 donated by Exactis.com, Inc. 3855 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags. 3856 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the 3857 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning: 3858 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders. 3859 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State 3860 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University, 3861 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3862 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse 3863 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands. 3864 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications 3865 Ltd. 3866 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket 3867 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP 3868 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An 3869 example mailer might be: 3870 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n, 3871 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix, 3872 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd 3873 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 3874 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC] 3875 instead. 3876 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a 3877 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP 3878 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future 3879 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery). 3880 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts 3881 flags. 3882 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the 3883 body of the original message on delivery status 3884 notifications. 3885 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted 3886 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 3887 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP 3888 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by 3889 Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 3890 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should 3891 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by 3892 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 3893 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In 3894 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP 3895 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by 3896 Nik Conwell of Boston University. 3897 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik 3898 Conwell of Boston University. 3899 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from 3900 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 3901 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using 3902 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of 3903 @Home Network. 3904 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH= 3905 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP 3906 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps. 3907 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and 3908 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively, 3909 similar to check_rcpt etc. 3910 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr}, 3911 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold 3912 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e. 3913 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr. 3914 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3915 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve 3916 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed 3917 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3918 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold 3919 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by 3920 Mathias Herberts. 3921 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter, 3922 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue), 3923 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds 3924 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used 3925 in check_compat). 3926 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode 3927 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode 3928 option. 3929 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts. 3930 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is 3931 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3932 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue. 3933 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3934 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary. 3935 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average. 3936 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 3937 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn 3938 is set. 3939 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted 3940 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub). 3941 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode. 3942 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a 3943 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan. 3944 Open maps only on demand, not at startup. 3945 Log warning about unsupported IP address families. 3946 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length 3947 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent 3948 a denial-of-service attack. 3949 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME 3950 headers and parameters within those headers. This option 3951 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer 3952 overflow attacks. 3953 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of 3954 alias recursion. 3955 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit. 3956 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd. 3957 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash 3958 directly before the newline. 3959 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide 3960 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to 3961 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the 3962 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a 3963 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail 3964 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf 3965 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file 3966 could not be opened. 3967 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The 3968 value of this option is macro expanded. 3969 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the 3970 process title shown in 'ps' listings. 3971 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options 3972 (along with the already existing macros): 3973 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g. 3974 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00 3975 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0 3976 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc. 3977 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA. 3978 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25 3979 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00 3980 New macros especially for virtual hosting: 3981 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection. 3982 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection. 3983 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the 3984 loopback net. 3985 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and 3986 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message. 3987 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd. 3988 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>. 3989 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro 3990 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by 3991 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 3992 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}. 3993 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This 3994 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does 3995 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan 3996 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 3997 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}. 3998 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not 3999 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal 4000 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the 4001 input "token (1)" but does not match "token". 4002 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 4003 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of 4004 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of 4005 Ericsson. 4006 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 4007 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by 4008 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland 4009 of Ericsson. 4010 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a 4011 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams 4012 of Renaissance Internet Services. 4013 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g., 4014 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now 4015 queue up the message instead of bouncing it. 4016 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as 4017 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when 4018 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch 4019 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 4020 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own 4021 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN. 4022 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and 4023 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock. 4024 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure 4025 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever 4026 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4027 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null. 4028 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid 4029 equate name. 4030 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before 4031 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov. 4032 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the 4033 mailer to return after sending all data to it. 4034 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process 4035 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was 4036 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a 4037 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an 4038 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and 4039 David Cooley of Colby College. 4040 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup 4041 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has 4042 already decided the message will be passed to another host 4043 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett 4044 Buckeridge Young Limited. 4045 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the 4046 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options 4047 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The 4048 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be 4049 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or 4050 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the 4051 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos 4052 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense 4053 of Stanford University. 4054 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is 4055 deprecated and will be removed in a future version. 4056 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute 4057 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that 4058 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map 4059 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps 4060 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma. 4061 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and 4062 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc. 4063 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The 4064 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string. 4065 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from 4066 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 4067 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps. 4068 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all 4069 attributes found in the match will be returned. 4070 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from 4071 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is 4072 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for 4073 comma separated key and value strings. 4074 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing 4075 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache 4076 connections such that multiple maps which use the same 4077 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in 4078 a single connection to that host. 4079 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT. 4080 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on 4081 LDAP lookups. 4082 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network 4083 resources. 4084 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set. 4085 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries. 4086 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still 4087 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key -- 4088 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP 4089 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead 4090 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254. 4091 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k 4092 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be 4093 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a 4094 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification 4095 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this 4096 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user 4097 with the name "*". 4098 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if 4099 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records 4100 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP 4101 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of 4102 matches to return. 4103 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for 4104 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific 4105 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The 4106 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are 4107 specified in the individual map specification ('K' 4108 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps 4109 are defined. 4110 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open 4111 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia 4112 Tech. 4113 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In 4114 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be 4115 important if you have large classes. 4116 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which 4117 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by 4118 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 4119 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward 4120 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt 4121 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs 4122 unless the queued message is selected using one of the 4123 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code 4124 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 4125 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon 4126 control socket. This socket allows an external program to 4127 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon 4128 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the 4129 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by 4130 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX 4131 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An 4132 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl. 4133 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and 4134 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the 4135 number of processors online on the system (if that can be 4136 determined). For single processor machines, this change 4137 has no effect. 4138 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces. 4139 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4140 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from 4141 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4142 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens 4143 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher. 4144 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now 4145 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher. 4146 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at 4147 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections 4148 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting 4149 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent 4150 connection-based denial of service attacks. 4151 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel 4152 10 or higher. 4153 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender 4154 information (from= syslog line). 4155 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new 4156 equate (dsn=). 4157 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options. 4158 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see 4159 sendmail/README for details. Contributed by Mark Roth 4160 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 4161 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a 4162 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 4163 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4164 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by 4165 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4166 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run 4167 the program as the default user and the default group, not 4168 the forward file user. This change also assures the 4169 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using 4170 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu 4171 Popovici of DNT Romania. 4172 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with 4173 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by 4174 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS. 4175 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a 4176 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or 4177 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online. 4178 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were 4179 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is 4180 helpful to know the sender of the message. 4181 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety. 4182 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4183 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is 4184 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to 4185 multiple files. 4186 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or 4187 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the 4188 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in 4189 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET 4190 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are 4191 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The 4192 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older 4193 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers' 4194 directive should be placed at the top of the help file. 4195 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to 4196 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson. 4197 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its 4198 length before the attempt. 4199 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the 4200 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This 4201 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where 4202 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald 4203 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm. 4204 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus) 4205 host status files, not all files. 4206 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved 4207 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery 4208 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 4209 Wonderworks Inc. 4210 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new 4211 macro map class. This can be used to store information 4212 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}. 4213 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University 4214 of Hannover. 4215 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The 4216 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given 4217 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the 4218 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example, 4219 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and 4220 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6". 4221 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to 4222 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer 4223 flag: 4224 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro} 4225 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}. 4226 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on 4227 the results of check_* and header check rulesets. 4228 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after 4229 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the 4230 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the 4231 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with 4232 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information 4233 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers. 4234 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example. 4235 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond 4236 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This 4237 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future 4238 version. 4239 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True. 4240 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True. 4241 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output 4242 if referencing a named ruleset. 4243 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages 4244 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer. 4245 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before 4246 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run 4247 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host, 4248 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the 4249 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable 4250 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of 4251 the University of Maryland. 4252 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would 4253 have received the message if it had not been rejected. 4254 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the 4255 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made. 4256 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands 4257 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}- 4258 COMMANDS). 4259 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions 4260 but for outgoing connections. 4261 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for 4262 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e. 4263 a require authentication 4264 b bind to interface through which mail has 4265 been received 4266 c perform hostname canonification 4267 f require fully qualified hostname 4268 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO 4269 command 4270 C don't perform hostname canonification 4271 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476) 4272 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e. 4273 h use name of interface for HELO command 4274 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4. 4275 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set 4276 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National 4277 Institutes of Health. 4278 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal 4279 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 4280 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k. 4281 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by 4282 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 4283 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X. 4284 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition. 4285 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB. 4286 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO. 4287 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc. 4288 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout 4289 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by 4290 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 4291 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is 4292 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per 4293 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq. 4294 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034. 4295 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless 4296 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails 4297 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names. 4298 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing 4299 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit 4300 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will 4301 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis 4302 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 4303 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from 4304 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which 4305 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes. 4306 This will detect the inability to send information quicker 4307 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to 4308 timeout. 4309 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled 4310 interface address structure when loading the system network 4311 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of 4312 Nanoteq. 4313 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which 4314 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing 4315 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The 4316 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier 4317 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq. 4318 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based 4319 on load average. 4320 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 4321 Northern Illinois University. 4322 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-" 4323 envelope splitting has occurred. 4324 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from 4325 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University. 4326 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode. 4327 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path: 4328 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter. 4329 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4330 Institute. 4331 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using 4332 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of 4333 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}. 4334 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for 4335 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when 4336 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori 4337 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4338 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the 4339 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4340 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope 4341 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4342 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a 4343 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit. 4344 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem 4345 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4346 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the 4347 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon. 4348 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin(). 4349 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4350 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command 4351 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue. 4352 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by 4353 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 4354 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which 4355 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure. 4356 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4357 University. 4358 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias" 4359 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails 4360 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias. 4361 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be 4362 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the 4363 ruleset lines as well. 4364 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient 4365 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a 4366 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems 4367 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4368 Institute. 4369 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal 4370 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process. 4371 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 4372 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN 4373 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN 4374 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to 4375 programs, file, DECnet, etc. 4376 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to 4377 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert 4378 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland 4379 of Ericsson. 4380 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is 4381 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the 4382 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program. 4383 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4384 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if 4385 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx 4386 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was 4387 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when 4388 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA. 4389 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the 4390 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as 4391 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix 4392 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project. 4393 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs 4394 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy 4395 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4396 University. 4397 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line 4398 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root 4399 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via 4400 'sendmail -bs'. 4401 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and 4402 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for 4403 them in the .cf file. 4404 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending 4405 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware 4406 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University 4407 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International. 4408 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to 4409 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m). 4410 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it 4411 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted 4412 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 4413 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped. 4414 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection 4415 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the 4416 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem 4417 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 4418 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem 4419 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 4420 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the 4421 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use 4422 the last temporary (4XX) failure. 4423 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch 4424 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co. 4425 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to 4426 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a 4427 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many. 4428 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data 4429 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per 4430 Hedeland of Ericsson. 4431 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal 4432 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems 4433 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal 4434 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 4435 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator 4436 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent 4437 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in 4438 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken. 4439 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix 4440 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4441 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the 4442 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some 4443 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup 4444 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore, 4445 don't fail on ANY queries. 4446 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the 4447 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN 4448 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 4449 Northern Illinois University. 4450 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map 4451 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina 4452 State University. 4453 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on 4454 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 4455 Northern Illinois University. 4456 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e., 4457 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection". 4458 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode. 4459 Portability: 4460 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with 4461 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the 4462 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART 4463 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E 4464 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 4465 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr. 4466 This allows network interface probing to work 4467 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the 4468 University of Iowa. 4469 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support. 4470 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under 4471 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory 4472 name. 4473 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port. 4474 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of 4475 Virginia Tech. 4476 Digital UNIX has uname(2). 4477 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of 4478 Amsterdam. 4479 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability. 4480 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X, 4481 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X. 4482 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS 4483 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI 4484 in building the operating system. Users can 4485 override the defaults by setting confCC and 4486 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately. 4487 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI. 4488 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI. 4489 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain 4490 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC. 4491 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build 4492 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 4493 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build 4494 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 4495 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from 4496 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia. 4497 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From 4498 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 4499 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and 4500 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of 4501 NEC Computers Group Planning Division. 4502 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D. 4503 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and 4504 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used, 4505 use that value in conf.h. 4506 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of 4507 BITart Consulting. 4508 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if 4509 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are 4510 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple 4511 Computer, Inc. 4512 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan 4513 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann 4514 of E I A. 4515 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system 4516 can reuse the same PID in the same second. 4517 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has 4518 fchown(2). 4519 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does 4520 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead. 4521 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has 4522 srandomdev(3). 4523 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has 4524 setlogin(2). 4525 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version 4526 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of 4527 Siemens Business Services. 4528 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load 4529 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital 4530 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld. 4531 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by 4532 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace. 4533 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. 4534 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 4535 Aerospace. 4536 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running 4537 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori 4538 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University. 4539 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable 4540 use of getservbyname() on systems which can 4541 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as 4542 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto 4543 University. 4544 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted 4545 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and 4546 Technology Information Network. 4547 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem 4548 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd. 4549 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 4550 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD, 4551 and OpenBSD. 4552 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection 4553 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README 4554 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E 4555 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 4556 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This 4557 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more 4558 details. 4559 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including 4560 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory. 4561 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9. 4562 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been 4563 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 4564 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi'). 4565 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This 4566 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of 4567 Courtesan Consulting. 4568 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X. 4569 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level 4570 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to 4571 be improperly rejected as unresolvable. 4572 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of 4573 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included 4574 multiple times. 4575 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the 4576 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged 4577 with From:). 4578 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:, 4579 From:, To:) to enable finer control. 4580 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address 4581 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the 4582 new functionality. 4583 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 4584 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms 4585 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions 4586 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions 4587 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName 4588 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop 4589 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo 4590 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize 4591 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec 4592 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion 4593 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength 4594 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength 4595 confPID_FILE PidFile 4596 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix 4597 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn 4598 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control 4599 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans 4600 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 4601 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 4602 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry 4603 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first 4604 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 4605 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser 4606 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize 4607 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(), 4608 which takes the options as argument and can be used 4609 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 4610 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called 4611 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the 4612 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer 4613 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults 4614 to "IPC $h". 4615 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS, 4616 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the 4617 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively. 4618 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting 4619 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The 4620 value should be changed with care. 4621 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type 4622 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP". 4623 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if 4624 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will 4625 complain. 4626 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root') 4627 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett 4628 of Q7 Enterprises. 4629 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which 4630 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann 4631 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor, 4632 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc. 4633 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be 4634 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE, 4635 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $] 4636 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert 4637 of Northern Illinois University. 4638 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for 4639 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only 4640 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified. 4641 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is 4642 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component 4643 in it. 4644 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain 4645 in class 'P' ($=P). 4646 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that 4647 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE. 4648 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this 4649 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are 4650 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot 4651 is added. 4652 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used, 4653 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay). 4654 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the 4655 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G. 4656 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups. 4657 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago. 4658 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested 4659 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net. 4660 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading. 4661 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates. 4662 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve 4663 Hubert of University of Washington. 4664 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as 4665 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark 4666 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam. 4667 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman. 4668 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value 4669 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of 4670 Graffiti World Wide, Inc. 4671 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed 4672 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology 4673 Services. 4674 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder 4675 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 4676 Aerospace. 4677 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags 4678 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn 4679 University and Brian Candler. 4680 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path: 4681 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4682 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host]. 4683 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4684 Institute. 4685 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS; 4686 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags. 4687 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user 4688 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that 4689 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms'). 4690 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay 4691 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks. 4692 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated 4693 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of 4694 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4695 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of 4696 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of 4697 Willamette Industries, Inc. 4698 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is 4699 converted to <user@d> 4700 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by 4701 Sun's older, broken configuration files. 4702 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a 4703 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be 4704 performed. 4705 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if 4706 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily. 4707 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4708 Institute. 4709 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can 4710 be accessed by their numbers). 4711 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial 4712 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part 4713 of an address. 4714 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used 4715 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag 4716 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate 4717 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored. 4718 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4 4719 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4. 4720 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility. 4721 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries, 4722 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code. 4723 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 4724 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_ 4725 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 4726 Institute. 4727 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates. 4728 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take 4729 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and 4730 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use 4731 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery. 4732 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or 4733 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local'). 4734 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM. 4735 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header 4736 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER). 4737 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a 4738 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4739 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the 4740 University of California at Berkeley. 4741 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of 4742 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 4743 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from 4744 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab. 4745 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 4746 Corporation UK. 4747 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues. 4748 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with 4749 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of 4750 Yale University. 4751 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will 4752 be used for building. 4753 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be 4754 used for a fresh build. 4755 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh. 4756 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to 4757 ranlib. 4758 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in 4759 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis. 4760 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the 4761 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan 4762 Costales. 4763 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and 4764 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the 4765 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file 4766 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales. 4767 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske 4768 of Siemens Business Services. 4769 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of 4770 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the 4771 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or 4772 torek. 4773 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which 4774 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively. 4775 They should contain the C source files for the object files 4776 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names 4777 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation. 4778 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs 4779 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form 4780 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'. 4781 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS, 4782 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD. 4783 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on 4784 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes 4785 are in devtools/README. 4786 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already 4787 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 4788 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies 4789 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a 4790 new variable which identifies the root of the source 4791 directories for all of the programs in the distribution. 4792 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build 4793 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4 4794 macro. 4795 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem. 4796 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for 4797 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/. 4798 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object 4799 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment 4800 Corporation. 4801 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted 4802 manual pages in the directory tree specified by 4803 confMANROOTMAN. 4804 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the 4805 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable 4806 confCOPY specifies the copying program. 4807 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without 4808 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle 4809 Communications. 4810 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names 4811 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively. 4812 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining 4813 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik 4814 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College. 4815 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that 4816 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH. 4817 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib". 4818 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying 4819 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new 4820 install-strip target. 4821 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after 4822 the others (if it exists). 4823 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries 4824 then the default ones. 4825 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local 4826 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use 4827 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S') 4828 to set the S flag. 4829 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be 4830 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of 4831 Northern Illinois University. 4832 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise 4833 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of 4834 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4835 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining 4836 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with 4837 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4838 University. 4839 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is 4840 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3 4841 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4842 University. 4843 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address 4844 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that 4845 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly 4846 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC 4847 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as, 4848 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session 4849 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4850 University. 4851 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is 4852 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling. 4853 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4854 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046 4855 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming 4856 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the 4857 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long 4858 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.', 4859 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the 4860 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail. 4861 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and 4862 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read 4863 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of 4864 Alcatel Australia Limited. 4865 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a 4866 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by 4867 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4868 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global 4869 timeout to avoid starvation. 4870 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted 4871 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of 4872 Infinite Monkeys & Co. 4873 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR. 4874 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are 4875 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file 4876 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University 4877 of Maryland. 4878 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of 4879 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the 4880 sendmail configuration file. 4881 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail 4882 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser 4883 option. 4884 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on 4885 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 4886 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip 4887 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services. 4888 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem 4889 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services. 4890 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer 4891 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines. 4892 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle 4893 Corporation UK. 4894 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe" 4895 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the 4896 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted 4897 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 4898 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for 4899 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the 4900 Institute for Global Communications. 4901 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the 4902 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from 4903 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4904 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail 4905 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch 4906 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4907 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command 4908 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan 4909 of the Institute for Global Communications. 4910 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce 4911 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative. 4912 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution. 4913 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley 4914 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM. 4915 Changed Files: 4916 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are 4917 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts 4918 which execute the actual Build script in 4919 devtools/bin. 4920 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not 4921 -mandoc as they were previously. 4922 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead 4923 of Build will work (unless parameters are 4924 required for Build). 4925 New Directories: 4926 devtools/M4/UNIX 4927 include 4928 libmilter 4929 libsmdb 4930 libsmutil 4931 vacation 4932 Renamed Directories: 4933 BuildTools => devtools 4934 src => sendmail 4935 Deleted Files: 4936 cf/m4/nullrelay.m4 4937 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc 4938 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX 4939 devtools/OS/SINIX 4940 sendmail/ldap_map.h 4941 New Files: 4942 INSTALL 4943 PGPKEYS 4944 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf 4945 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc 4946 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4 4947 cf/feature/dnsbl.m4 4948 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4 4949 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4 4950 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4 4951 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4 4952 cf/mailer/qpage.m4 4953 cf/ostype/bsdi.m4 4954 cf/ostype/hpux11.m4 4955 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4 4956 contrib/bounce-resender.pl 4957 contrib/domainmap.m4 4958 contrib/qtool.8 4959 contrib/qtool.pl 4960 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4 4961 devtools/M4/list.m4 4962 devtools/M4/string.m4 4963 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4 4964 devtools/M4/switch.m4 4965 devtools/OS/Darwin 4966 devtools/OS/GNU 4967 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43 4968 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44 4969 devtools/OS/m88k 4970 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh 4971 mail.local/Makefile 4972 mailstats/Makefile 4973 makemap/Makefile 4974 praliases/Makefile 4975 rmail/Makefile 4976 sendmail/Makefile 4977 sendmail/bf.h 4978 sendmail/bf_portable.c 4979 sendmail/bf_portable.h 4980 sendmail/bf_torek.c 4981 sendmail/bf_torek.h 4982 sendmail/shmticklib.c 4983 sendmail/statusd_shm.h 4984 sendmail/timers.c 4985 sendmail/timers.h 4986 smrsh/Makefile 4987 vacation/Makefile 4988 Renamed Files: 4989 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4 4990 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h 4991 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile 4992 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h 4993 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h 4994 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c 4995 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c 4996 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h 4997 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4 4998 Copied Files: 4999 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 5000 50018.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04 5002 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total 5003 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of 5004 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10. 5005 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 5006 Schools" project (IdS). 5007 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map 5008 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by 5009 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of 5010 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5011 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages 5012 when performing the MIME header length check. This 5013 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem 5014 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland. 5015 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive, 5016 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop 5017 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan 5018 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5019 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of 5020 ExecPC Internet Systems. 5021 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a 5022 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued 5023 for later retry but the failure would be logged as 5024 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by 5025 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH) 5026 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet. 5027 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the 5028 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S. 5029 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per 5030 Hedeland of Ericsson. 5031 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a 5032 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default. 5033 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus 5034 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc. 5035 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name) 5036 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd. 5037 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of 5038 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be 5039 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS 5040 group of the IETF. 5041 Portability: 5042 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset 5043 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the 5044 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should 5045 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver 5046 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed 5047 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable. 5048 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have 5049 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file. 5050 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the 5051 Technical University of Denmark. 5052 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego 5053 Supercomputer Center. 5054 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input 5055 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation, 5056 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense 5057 of Stanford University. 5058 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone 5059 between different releases. Back out the 5060 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive 5061 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits 5062 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign 5063 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications. 5064 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy 5065 of Siemens/SNI. 5066 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 5067 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper 5068 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical 5069 University of Brno. 5070 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly 5071 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W. 5072 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 5073 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on 5074 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from 5075 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 5076 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from 5077 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 5078 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet 5079 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail. 5080 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 5081 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would 5082 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of 5083 MIDS Europe. 5084 New Files: 5085 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 5086 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX 5087 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8 5088 50898.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30 5090 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections 5091 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used 5092 for a denial of service attack. 5093 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long. 5094 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 5095 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent 5096 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 5097 Corporation UK. 5098 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories. 5099 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society. 5100 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault. 5101 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham. 5102 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the 5103 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future 5104 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of 5105 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu 5106 Internet Services. 5107 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX 5108 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the 5109 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of 5110 Polderland Language & Speech Technology. 5111 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e. 5112 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of 5113 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 5114 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from 5115 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5116 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent 5117 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the 5118 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd. 5119 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address 5120 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 5121 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5122 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the 5123 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full 5124 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet 5125 Internet Services. 5126 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file 5127 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem 5128 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University. 5129 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception. 5130 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for 5131 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process 5132 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the 5133 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For 5134 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process 5135 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close 5136 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of 5137 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for 5138 extended testing. 5139 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply 5140 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal. 5141 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such 5142 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more), 5143 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen 5144 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 5145 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures 5146 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent 5147 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition. 5148 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and 5149 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 5150 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by 5151 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education 5152 Network. 5153 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem 5154 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory. 5155 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME, 5156 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that 5157 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem 5158 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from 5159 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5160 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer 5161 has enough space for the additional address. Problem 5162 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong. 5163 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem 5164 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College. 5165 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer, 5166 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay, 5167 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not 5168 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from 5169 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 5170 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with 5171 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5172 Meteorological Institute. 5173 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 5174 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix 5175 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach. 5176 Portability: 5177 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 5178 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase 5179 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M. 5180 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc. 5181 Break out IP address to hostname translation for 5182 reading network interface addresses into 5183 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of 5184 Cal State University, Chico. 5185 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized 5186 from changing the semantics of the compiled 5187 program. From Simon Travaglia of the 5188 University of Waikato, New Zealand. 5189 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From 5190 Peter Wemm of DIALix. 5191 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix. 5192 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From 5193 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University. 5194 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support. 5195 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer 5196 of Sun Microsystems. 5197 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From 5198 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 5199 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh 5200 of Bits Co., Ltd. 5201 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From 5202 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 5203 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann 5204 of E I A. 5205 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs) 5206 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network 5207 Information Center. 5208 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from 5209 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 5210 Institute. 5211 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk 5212 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau. 5213 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying. 5214 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from 5215 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 5216 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as 5217 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may 5218 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of 5219 Manawatu Internet Services. 5220 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2) 5221 when stripping down a recipient address to check for 5222 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of 5223 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert 5224 of Northern Illinois University. 5225 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch 5226 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 5227 Kiel. 5228 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch 5229 Dot Com. 5230 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch 5231 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 5232 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5233 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g. 5234 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now 5235 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is 5236 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 5237 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and 5238 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 5239 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP 5240 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient. 5241 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix 5242 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 5243 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from 5244 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 5245 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in 5246 the envelope From header. 5247 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode. 5248 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University. 5249 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page. 5250 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University. 5251 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with 5252 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet 5253 Portal Services, Inc. 5254 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the 5255 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of 5256 Sun Microsystems. 5257 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 5258 New Files: 5259 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5 5260 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386 5261 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4 5262 contrib/smcontrol.pl 5263 src/control.c 5264 52658.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02 5266 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic 5267 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used 5268 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of 5269 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology. 5270 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME 5271 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened 5272 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5273 Meteorological Institute. 5274 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of 5275 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted 5276 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5277 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the 5278 installation commands. The man pages would still be 5279 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan 5280 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 5281 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment 5282 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 5283 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages 5284 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK. 5285 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error 5286 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set. 5287 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital. 5288 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created 5289 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead 5290 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the 5291 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg. 5292 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is 5293 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of 5294 Flextech TV. 5295 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of 5296 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of 5297 DaveLtd Enterprises. 5298 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to 5299 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only 5300 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric 5301 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc. 5302 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem 5303 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc. 5304 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted 5305 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems. 5306 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if 5307 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not 5308 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online. 5309 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by 5310 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford 5311 University. 5312 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the 5313 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for 5314 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the 5315 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3. 5316 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of 5317 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System. 5318 Portability: 5319 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for 5320 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms. 5321 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development 5322 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing. 5323 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk 5324 of BSDI. 5325 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later 5326 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of 5327 PICT Inc. 5328 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From 5329 J. P. McCann of E I A. 5330 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk 5331 of TEMPEST, Ltd. 5332 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for 5333 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of 5334 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from 5335 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5336 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP, 5337 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders. 5338 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 5339 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce 5340 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP 5341 would not accept @@hostname. 5342 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick 5343 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health. 5344 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install' 5345 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by 5346 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5347 New Files: 5348 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4 5349 53508.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19 5351 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally 5352 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:, 5353 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe 5354 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites 5355 which need the ability to override security can use the 5356 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more 5357 information. 5358 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 5359 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 5360 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these 5361 world writable directories. 5362 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if 5363 it is in a world writable directory. 5364 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the 5365 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input. 5366 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by 5367 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 5368 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 5369 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to 5370 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group 5371 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 5372 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and 5373 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon 5374 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail 5375 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1. 5376 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that 5377 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser 5378 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this 5379 default. 5380 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries 5381 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the 5382 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of 5383 the University of Maryland. 5384 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy 5385 of Cal State University, Chico. 5386 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users 5387 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the 5388 current version of Berkeley DB. 5389 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex. 5390 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 5391 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod 5392 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University 5393 of Maryland. 5394 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1 5395 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which 5396 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun 5397 Microsystems. 5398 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the 5399 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the 5400 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by 5401 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart. 5402 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and 5403 mail.local on the F=z flag. 5404 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was 5405 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate 5406 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that 5407 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped. 5408 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the 5409 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails. 5410 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and 5411 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 5412 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 5413 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t 5414 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON. 5415 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of 5416 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 5417 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a 5418 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik 5419 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH. 5420 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates 5421 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $) 5422 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized. 5423 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of 5424 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP 5425 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail 5426 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT 5427 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients 5428 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server 5429 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict 5430 relaying entirely. 5431 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option 5432 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to 5433 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers. 5434 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University. 5435 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example, 5436 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or 5437 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of 5438 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 5439 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if 5440 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be 5441 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient 5442 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying. 5443 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 5444 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the 5445 sender for those failures. 5446 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by 5447 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec 5448 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of 5449 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland 5450 of Ericsson. 5451 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty 5452 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make 5453 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 5454 of Procter & Gamble. 5455 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message 5456 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of 5457 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 5458 of Procter & Gamble. 5459 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to 5460 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense 5461 of system security. This should only be used if you are 5462 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available 5463 DontBlameSendmail options are: 5464 Safe 5465 AssumeSafeChown 5466 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath 5467 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath 5468 GroupWritableDirPathSafe 5469 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 5470 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe 5471 GroupWritableAliasFile 5472 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath 5473 WorldWritableAliasFile 5474 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath 5475 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath 5476 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath 5477 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath 5478 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 5479 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 5480 MapInUnsafeDirPath 5481 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir 5482 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir 5483 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir 5484 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir 5485 LinkedMapInWritableDir 5486 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir 5487 FileDeliveryToHardLink 5488 FileDeliveryToSymLink 5489 WriteMapToHardLink 5490 WriteMapToSymLink 5491 WriteStatsToHardLink 5492 WriteStatsToSymLink 5493 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath 5494 RunWritableProgram 5495 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the 5496 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you 5497 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up 5498 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail 5499 sent to those addresses will be bounced. 5500 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and 5501 AutoRebuildAliases is set. 5502 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command. 5503 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur. 5504 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command. 5505 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do 5506 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup 5507 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup 5508 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address 5509 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]). 5510 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure 5511 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in 5512 contrast to the success case). 5513 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line 5514 of the form: 5515 HHeader: $>Ruleset 5516 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header 5517 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets -- 5518 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents. 5519 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers 5520 from hiding their connection information in Received: 5521 headers. 5522 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts 5523 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to 5524 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX 5525 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin. 5526 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the 5527 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also 5528 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME 5529 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining 5530 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the 5531 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail). 5532 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost 5533 if the remote connection closes the socket before the 5534 remote identity can be queried. 5535 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior. 5536 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real 5537 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per 5538 Hedeland of Ericsson. 5539 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it 5540 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ -- 5541 some of the details are determined dynamically via 5542 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh. 5543 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local, 5544 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use 5545 the new Build method which creates an operating system 5546 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools. 5547 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e., 5548 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 5549 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends 5550 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve 5551 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted 5552 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 5553 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking 5554 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the 5555 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the 5556 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting. 5557 This means that even if only one of the recipients 5558 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients 5559 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor. 5560 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued 5561 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso 5562 of CNET: The Computer Network. 5563 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking. 5564 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to 5565 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 5566 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a 5567 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG. 5568 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} 5569 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent 5570 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros. 5571 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH. 5572 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the 5573 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used 5574 in the rejection message given to the remote machine. 5575 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 5576 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros 5577 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott 5578 Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 5579 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an 5580 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC 5581 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur 5582 Institute. 5583 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by 5584 mail.local. 5585 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g., 5586 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from 5587 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute. 5588 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases 5589 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 5590 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5591 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in 5592 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales 5593 of InfoBeat, Inc. 5594 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by 5595 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co. 5596 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the 5597 mailstats command. 5598 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the 5599 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch 5600 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland. 5601 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the 5602 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of 5603 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by 5604 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5605 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of 5606 Ericsson. 5607 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is 5608 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also 5609 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from 5610 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC. 5611 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new 5612 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it 5613 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition 5614 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of 5615 Stratus Computer, Inc. 5616 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the 5617 currently supported version. 5618 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch 5619 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland. 5620 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option, 5621 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if 5622 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted 5623 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5624 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before 5625 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2). 5626 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable" 5627 message in error bounces. 5628 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no 5629 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of 5630 Digital Equipment Corporation. 5631 Portability: 5632 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura 5633 of Kyoto University. 5634 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from 5635 Randall S. Winchester of the University of 5636 Maryland. 5637 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS. 5638 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing 5639 in Finland. 5640 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free 5641 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 5642 the University of Maryland. 5643 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and 5644 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation. 5645 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5646 Meteorological Institute. 5647 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle 5648 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory. 5649 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI. 5650 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI. 5651 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>. 5652 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links 5653 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem 5654 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of 5655 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul 5656 Fischer of BTG, Inc. 5657 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from 5658 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5659 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining 5660 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun 5661 Microsystems. 5662 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file. 5663 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database 5664 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from 5665 Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 5666 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable 5667 directory for certain programs. 5668 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for 5669 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local 5670 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped 5671 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the 5672 new confEBINDIR m4 variable. 5673 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for 5674 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from 5675 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the 5676 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh). 5677 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to 5678 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow 5679 the user to setup different .forward files for 5680 user+detail addressing. 5681 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES, 5682 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage, 5683 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options. 5684 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail 5685 from outside your domain and sending it to another host 5686 outside your domain). 5687 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from 5688 any site to any site. 5689 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your 5690 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay. 5691 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on 5692 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient. 5693 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database 5694 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow 5695 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for 5696 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed 5697 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names. 5698 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file 5699 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains. 5700 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file) 5701 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay. 5702 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior 5703 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual 5704 host names only. 5705 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient 5706 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite, 5707 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset 5708 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying. 5709 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be 5710 needed for most installations. 5711 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the 5712 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This 5713 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens 5714 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 5715 the University of Maryland. 5716 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to 5717 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient 5718 usernames, hostnames, or addresses. 5719 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be 5720 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot 5721 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS). 5722 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts 5723 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands. 5724 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts 5725 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain. 5726 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the 5727 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name 5728 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument. 5729 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see 5730 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/. 5731 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and 5732 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and 5733 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the 5734 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset 5735 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset 5736 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else 5737 the return of the ruleset is ignored. 5738 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by 5739 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries. 5740 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can 5741 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note 5742 above for more information. 5743 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a 5744 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5745 Meteorological Institute. 5746 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to 5747 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope 5748 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section 5749 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by 5750 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5751 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the 5752 .mc files instead of in the obj directory. 5753 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER, 5754 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for 5755 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and 5756 MustQuoteChars respectively. 5757 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This 5758 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery 5759 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of 5760 CMU (now of Netscape). 5761 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the 5762 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not 5763 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to 5764 read mail.local/README. 5765 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a 5766 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the 5767 University of Maryland. 5768 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State 5769 University, Chico. 5770 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5771 Meteorological Institute. 5772 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages 5773 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the 5774 University of Maryland. 5775 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files 5776 such as linked files in world writable directories. 5777 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support. 5778 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. 5779 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem 5780 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of 5781 Braunschweig. 5782 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from 5783 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and 5784 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5785 Changed Files: 5786 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use 5787 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*. 5788 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build. 5789 New Files: 5790 BuildTools/M4/header.m4 5791 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4 5792 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4 5793 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4 5794 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4 5795 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4 5796 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4 5797 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2 5798 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x 5799 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 5800 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x 5801 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5 5802 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x 5803 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x 5804 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3 5805 BuildTools/OS/QNX 5806 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7 5807 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE 5808 BuildTools/README 5809 BuildTools/Site/README 5810 BuildTools/bin/Build 5811 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh 5812 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh 5813 BuildTools/bin/install.sh 5814 Makefile 5815 cf/cf/Build 5816 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf 5817 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4 5818 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4 5819 cf/feature/access_db.m4 5820 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4 5821 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4 5822 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4 5823 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4 5824 cf/feature/rbl.m4 5825 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4 5826 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4 5827 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4 5828 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4 5829 cf/ostype/qnx.m4 5830 contrib/doublebounce.pl 5831 mail.local/Build 5832 mail.local/Makefile.m4 5833 mail.local/README 5834 mailstats/Build 5835 mailstats/Makefile.m4 5836 makemap/Build 5837 makemap/Makefile.m4 5838 praliases/Build 5839 praliases/Makefile.m4 5840 rmail/Build 5841 rmail/Makefile.m4 5842 rmail/rmail.0 5843 smrsh/Build 5844 smrsh/Makefile.m4 5845 src/Build 5846 src/Makefile.m4 5847 src/snprintf.c 5848 Deleted Files: 5849 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist) 5850 mail.local/Makefile 5851 mail.local/Makefile.dist 5852 mailstats/Makefile 5853 mailstats/Makefile.dist 5854 makemap/Makefile 5855 makemap/Makefile.dist 5856 praliases/Makefile 5857 praliases/Makefile.dist 5858 rmail/Makefile 5859 smrsh/Makefile 5860 smrsh/Makefile.dist 5861 src/Makefile 5862 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2) 5863 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE 5864 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE) 5865 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform) 5866 Renamed Files: 5867 READ_ME => README 5868 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile 5869 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/* 5870 src/READ_ME => src/README 5871 58728.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24 5873 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged 5874 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5875 Meteorological Institute. 5876 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not 5877 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J. 5878 Arseneault of SRI International. 5879 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing 5880 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode. 5881 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 5882 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them 5883 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio. 5884 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as 5885 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log 5886 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E. 5887 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5888 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace 5889 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind 5890 River Systems. 5891 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a 5892 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be 5893 closed but the persistent host status file would not be 5894 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to 5895 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 5896 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment 5897 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery 5898 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next 5899 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by 5900 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 5901 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and 5902 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged 5903 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta 5904 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5905 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 5906 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by 5907 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 5908 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and 5909 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale 5910 results during a single message processing (but would 5911 recover when the next message was received). Fix from 5912 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. 5913 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY 5914 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5915 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5916 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad 5917 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the 5918 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5919 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5920 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to 5921 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using 5922 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through 5923 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa. 5924 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation, 5925 and the inability to save a bounce message to 5926 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce 5927 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the 5928 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the 5929 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons 5930 Associates. 5931 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are 5932 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as 5933 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this 5934 could cause confusing error messages. 5935 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be 5936 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This 5937 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not 5938 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of 5939 SuperNet, Inc. 5940 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by 5941 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 5942 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP 5943 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5944 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5945 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses 5946 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently 5947 dropped. 5948 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via 5949 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title. 5950 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 5951 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not 5952 support flock locking and runs out of processes during 5953 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan. 5954 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821. 5955 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 5956 Institute. 5957 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the 5958 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps 5959 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases. 5960 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University. 5961 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for 5962 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of 5963 RUS University of Stuttgart. 5964 Minor lint fixes. 5965 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map 5966 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which 5967 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense 5968 of Stanford University. 5969 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do 5970 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo 5971 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany. 5972 Portability: 5973 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling 5974 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of 5975 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of 5976 Electronic Data Systems. 5977 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim 5978 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services. 5979 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined. 5980 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves 5981 loader environment variables into the loader memory 5982 area. If one of these environment variables (such as 5983 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable, 5984 an invalid memory address would be used by the process 5985 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem 5986 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems. 5987 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused 5988 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does 5989 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by 5990 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo. 5991 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by 5992 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 5993 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by 5994 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 5995 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an 5996 incorrect value for the number of interfaces. 5997 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet 5998 Services. 5999 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald 6000 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 6001 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not 6002 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by 6003 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited. 6004 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business 6005 Services VAS. 6006 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 6007 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff. 6008 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of 6009 Ericsson. 6010 60118.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03 6012 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with 6013 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems 6014 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at 6015 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already 6016 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software 6017 GmbH. 6018 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation. 6019 Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute 6020 of Technology, Stockholm. 6021 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(), 6022 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these 6023 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume 6024 that these routines are included as though they were in the 6025 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla. 6026 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being 6027 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the 6028 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang. 6029 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET. 6030 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the 6031 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could 6032 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen 6033 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum. 6034 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and 6035 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's 6036 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor 6037 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet. 6038 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set. 6039 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a 6040 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns 6041 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad. 6042 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as 6043 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much 6044 have to assume that the information is good. 6045 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files 6046 open or locked. 6047 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup. 6048 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious 6049 errors during testing. 6050 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name 6051 printed in the error message. 6052 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or 6053 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO. 6054 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the 6055 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or 6056 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University. 6057 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits 6058 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the 6059 Tokyo Institute of Technology. 6060 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be 6061 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs 6062 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue 6063 runner runs during a critical section in another message 6064 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of 6065 Results Computing. 6066 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem 6067 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was 6068 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried 6069 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted 6070 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 6071 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure, 6072 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open. 6073 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option). 6074 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is 6075 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after 6076 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the 6077 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return 6078 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file 6079 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security 6080 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links, 6081 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to 6082 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number 6083 simultaneously. 6084 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for 6085 use internally, and does not work at customer sites. 6086 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single 6087 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem 6088 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 6089 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without 6090 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to 6091 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by 6092 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6093 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family 6094 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of 6095 CSU Chico. 6096 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave 6097 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem 6098 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based 6099 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel. 6100 Portability: 6101 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency 6102 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that 6103 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should 6104 be used instead. 6105 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow 6106 of Argonne National Laboratory. 6107 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 6108 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 6109 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From 6110 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd. 6111 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail 6112 in Makefiles. 6113 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from 6114 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead. 6115 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl 6116 exists but behaves differently than other OSes. 6117 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get 6118 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of 6119 NCR Corp. 6120 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem 6121 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 6122 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem 6123 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information 6124 Resource Network 6125 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of 6126 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername, 6127 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags 6128 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported 6129 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community 6130 Mental Health Center Residential Services. 6131 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. 6132 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric 6133 Corp. 6134 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that 6135 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out 6136 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet. 6137 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1) 6138 from Christopher Durham of SCO. 6139 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to 6140 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual 6141 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of 6142 PlainTalk. 6143 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long 6144 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested 6145 by Harry Styron. 6146 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These 6147 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org. 6148 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files. 6149 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example, 6150 telling more details on what actually changed when "file 6151 changed after open". 6152 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw 6153 files. 6154 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'. 6155 NEW FILES: 6156 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD 6157 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0 6158 test/t_exclopen.c 6159 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4 6160 DELETED FILES: 6161 Makefile 6162 61638.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14 6164 ************************************************************* 6165 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI * 6166 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. * 6167 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward * 6168 * continued sendmail development. * 6169 ************************************************************* 6170 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open 6171 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that 6172 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root 6173 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink 6174 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check 6175 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified 6176 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL 6177 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most 6178 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create 6179 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been 6180 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD, 6181 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris, 6182 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that 6183 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias 6184 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old 6185 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter. 6186 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 6187 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 6188 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it 6189 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db 6190 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at 6191 another database; this can be used either to expose 6192 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db 6193 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack 6194 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows 6195 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on 6196 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on 6197 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable 6198 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an 6199 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable 6200 system directories. 6201 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard 6202 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the 6203 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is 6204 similar to the previous case for user files. This change 6205 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent 6206 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such 6207 files at other files that are readable only by the owner. 6208 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they 6209 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that 6210 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give 6211 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file 6212 ownership only in those few cases where the system has 6213 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary. 6214 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially 6215 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or 6216 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate 6217 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to 6218 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a 6219 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where 6220 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is 6221 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set 6222 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at 6223 NFS-mounted filesystems. 6224 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option 6225 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set. 6226 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha 6227 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine. 6228 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli 6229 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin. 6230 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the 6231 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported 6232 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 6233 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a 6234 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 6235 same host). 6236 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would 6237 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch 6238 from Theo de Raadt. 6239 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error 6240 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of 6241 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6242 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead 6243 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways. 6244 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications. 6245 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors 6246 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by 6247 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6248 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within 6249 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun 6250 Microsystems. 6251 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset 6252 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted 6253 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6254 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message 6255 too large) don't send the bogus message. 6256 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that 6257 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael 6258 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6259 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in 6260 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by 6261 Richard Muirden of RMIT University. 6262 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the 6263 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil 6264 Shapiro. 6265 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map 6266 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of 6267 Sun Microsystems. 6268 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to 6269 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records 6270 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message 6271 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really 6272 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by 6273 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc. 6274 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark 6275 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue 6276 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will 6277 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of 6278 Mercury Mail. 6279 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs 6280 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached. 6281 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of 6282 Morgan Stanley. 6283 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which 6284 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue 6285 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by 6286 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 6287 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size, 6288 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was 6289 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or 6290 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm 6291 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will 6292 not be run. 6293 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to 6294 die immediately, never hold the error message for future 6295 printing. 6296 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed 6297 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the 6298 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6299 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3) 6300 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h. 6301 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps. 6302 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect 6303 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give 6304 erroneous results during a single message processing 6305 (but would recover when the next message was received). 6306 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the 6307 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential 6308 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back 6309 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it 6310 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the 6311 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the 6312 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales. 6313 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward 6314 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare 6315 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the 6316 address as "may be forged". 6317 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any 6318 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting; 6319 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN. 6320 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count. 6321 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open 6322 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse 6323 of TwinCom. 6324 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage 6325 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter 6326 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there 6327 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce. 6328 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape 6329 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton 6330 Plasma Physics Laboratory. 6331 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses. 6332 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 6333 Institute. 6334 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as 6335 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial 6336 of service problems with this option: an attacker can 6337 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well 6338 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should 6339 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately 6340 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew 6341 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications. 6342 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be 6343 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory 6344 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly 6345 book (2nd edition). 6346 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1 6347 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce 6348 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from 6349 John Beck of SunSoft. 6350 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry 6351 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer. 6352 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems. 6353 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out 6354 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened. 6355 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in 6356 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die. 6357 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch 6358 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom. 6359 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were 6360 partially processed, which could cause confusing error 6361 returns. 6362 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups 6363 on some architectures. 6364 Portability: 6365 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC. 6366 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum, 6367 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems 6368 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is 6369 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University 6370 of Washington. 6371 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on 6372 the system rather than guessing at compile time. 6373 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 6374 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University. 6375 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project. 6376 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation. 6377 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked. 6378 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition, 6379 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from 6380 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6381 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy. 6382 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the 6383 high order bit set to apparently randomly match 6384 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I". 6385 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of 6386 Cambridge. 6387 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From 6388 Kari Hurtta. 6389 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be 6390 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular 6391 IRIX Makefile). 6392 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels. 6393 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 6394 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses 6395 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by 6396 Brian Candler. 6397 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all 6398 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI; 6399 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6400 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other 6401 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value 6402 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6403 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a 6404 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip 6405 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 6406 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable); 6407 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from 6408 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6409 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should 6410 have no functional change in this release, but makes it 6411 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future. 6412 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the 6413 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name. 6414 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack. 6415 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from 6416 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6417 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for 6418 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:, 6419 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions 6420 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler. 6421 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were 6422 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain) 6423 was specified, even when it wasn't. 6424 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft. 6425 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't 6426 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the 6427 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived 6428 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are 6429 symbolic links pointing nowhere. 6430 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was 6431 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause 6432 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would 6433 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries. 6434 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD 6435 developers). 6436 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar 6437 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem 6438 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6439 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are 6440 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is 6441 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same 6442 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds. 6443 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on 6444 NEXTSTEP. 6445 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf. 6446 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server 6447 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other 6448 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via 6449 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 6450 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This 6451 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd 6452 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name 6453 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root) 6454 for system accounts. 6455 NEW FILES: 6456 src/safefile.c 6457 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 6458 cf/ostype/irix6.m4 6459 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl 6460 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1 6461 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x 6462 RENAMED FILES: 6463 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x 6464 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0 6465 64668.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21 6467 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail 6468 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller, 6469 even if RunAsUser is specified. 6470 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response 6471 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative. 6472 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 6473 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible 6474 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the 6475 University of Pennsylvania. 6476 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'") 6477 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f 6478 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it 6479 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode 6480 was unnecessarily awful. 6481 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data 6482 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of 6483 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom. 6484 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue 6485 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for 6486 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes 6487 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7 6488 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr. 6489 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 6490 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database 6491 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6492 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only 6493 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a 6494 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 6495 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue 6496 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK 6497 Semiconductor Corp. 6498 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library 6499 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves. 6500 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas 6501 at Austin. 6502 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown 6503 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the 6504 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only 6505 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from 6506 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 6507 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it 6508 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused 6509 some problems if a background process tried to send mail 6510 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg 6511 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta. 6512 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current 6513 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously 6514 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it 6515 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan 6516 Costales. 6517 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is 6518 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND 6519 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting 6520 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based 6521 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL. 6522 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued; 6523 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks. 6524 The current values and defaults are: 6525 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 6526 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 6527 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 6528 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 6529 These will probably be configurable in a future release. 6530 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs 6531 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with 6532 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged. 6533 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted 6534 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6535 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on 6536 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last 6537 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't 6538 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems 6539 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from 6540 Eric Hagberg. 6541 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a 6542 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO 6543 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas 6544 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft. 6545 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set 6546 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off. 6547 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet; 6548 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6549 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation) 6550 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because 6551 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go 6552 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet 6553 Communications. 6554 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they 6555 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender. 6556 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from 6557 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6558 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed 6559 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge. 6560 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for 6561 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net. 6562 PORTABILITY: 6563 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from 6564 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited. 6565 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval. 6566 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation. 6567 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 6568 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used. 6569 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC 6570 (Moscow). 6571 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org. 6572 Altos System V: from Tim Rice. 6573 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft. 6574 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft. 6575 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli 6576 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>. 6577 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax 6578 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names 6579 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case. 6580 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the 6581 Received: line. 6582 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E), 6583 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it 6584 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root 6585 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL 6586 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale 6587 Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP). 6588 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications 6589 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following 6590 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the 6591 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host", 6592 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to 6593 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send 6594 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host'' 6595 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In 6596 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the 6597 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr. 6598 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host 6599 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY 6600 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use 6601 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted. 6602 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6603 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a 6604 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET). 6605 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam. 6606 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on 6607 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University, 6608 Long Beach. 6609 66108.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02 6611 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional 6612 permissions by hard linking to files that were group 6613 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any 6614 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward, 6615 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry 6616 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a 6617 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea. 6618 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it 6619 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on 6620 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There 6621 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default). 6622 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups 6623 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although 6624 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory 6625 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects 6626 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered. 6627 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status 6628 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy 6629 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6630 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition. 6631 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged. 6632 Problem noted by several people. 6633 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX 6634 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451 6635 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted 6636 by several people. 6637 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting 6638 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp. 6639 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should 6640 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the 6641 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon 6642 of Best Internet Communications. 6643 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore 6644 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions). 6645 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion 6646 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has 6647 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent 6648 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain. 6649 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor. 6650 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be 6651 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis. 6652 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP 6653 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis. 6654 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly. 6655 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6656 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not 6657 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the 6658 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out 6659 by Roy Mongiovi. 6660 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from 6661 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6662 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously 6663 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which 6664 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch 6665 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have 6666 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option. 6667 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty 6668 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori 6669 of Kyoto University. 6670 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race 6671 conditions from Don Lewis. 6672 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some 6673 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into 6674 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete 6675 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a 6676 patch from Bryan Costales. 6677 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6678 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the 6679 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This 6680 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the 6681 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines. 6682 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group. 6683 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill 6684 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service. 6685 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch 6686 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University. 6687 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of 6688 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University 6689 of Tokyo. 6690 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support 6691 Services, Inc. 6692 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp. 6693 I believe this to have only been a problem if you 6694 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason 6695 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path. 6696 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from 6697 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien. 6698 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather 6699 than one long one. By popular demand. 6700 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch 6701 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley. 6702 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs 6703 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA 6704 of NTT Software Corporation. 6705 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck. 6706 NEW FILES: 6707 contrib/etrn.pl 6708 67098.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17 6710 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail 6711 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted 6712 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the 6713 best-of-security list. 6714 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level 6715 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this 6716 should make it clearer to people that they are running 6717 the wrong binary. 6718 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then 6719 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at 6720 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report 6721 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem 6722 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech. 6723 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts 6724 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry 6725 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve 6726 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6727 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text. 6728 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 6729 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet 6730 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver 6731 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver 6732 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet 6733 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver 6734 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the 6735 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it 6736 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from 6737 Eric Wassenaar. 6738 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too 6739 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they 6740 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc. 6741 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children 6742 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely 6743 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of 6744 UUNET. 6745 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines 6746 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into 6747 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open. 6748 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by 6749 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege. 6750 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to 6751 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without 6752 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from 6753 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch. 6754 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert 6755 of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6756 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age 6757 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this 6758 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups. 6759 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc. 6760 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being 6761 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the 6762 University of Linkoping. 6763 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue 6764 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark 6765 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 6766 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is 6767 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in 6768 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then 6769 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the 6770 other end. 6771 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the 6772 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of 6773 MCI Telecommunications Communications. 6774 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of 6775 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did 6776 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem 6777 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6778 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6779 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the 6780 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which 6781 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by 6782 H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden. 6783 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name. 6784 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University. 6785 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support. 6786 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>. 6787 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average. 6788 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE. 6789 The outline of the implementation was contributed 6790 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow. 6791 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward 6792 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h; 6793 change it to only be included if you are using gcc, 6794 which is apparently the only compiler that requires 6795 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff 6796 Earickson of Colby College. 6797 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized 6798 operating system that comes with a decent compiler 6799 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and 6800 Kari Hurtta. 6801 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for 6802 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency 6803 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>. 6804 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS 6805 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the 6806 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve 6807 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6808 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could 6809 end up being translated to the null host name, which would 6810 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end 6811 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the 6812 University of Washington, Seattle. 6813 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer 6814 Polytechnic Institute. 6815 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance. 6816 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications. 6817 NEW FILES: 6818 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc 6819 cf/ostype/aix4.m4 6820 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4 6821 68228.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18 6823 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch 6824 changed the code but didn't fix the problem. 6825 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6826 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can 6827 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances. 6828 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc. 6829 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted 6830 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9. 6831 CONFIG: no changes. 6832 68338.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17 6834 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will 6835 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted 6836 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago. 6837 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain 6838 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back 6839 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential 6840 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro 6841 of WPI. 6842 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't 6843 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of 6844 Kyoto University. 6845 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as 6846 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs 6847 on illegal host names. 6848 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in 6849 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the 6850 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David. 6851 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot 6852 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems. 6853 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc. 6854 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would 6855 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent 6856 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6857 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long 6858 term host status. This is necessary because it is common 6859 to do this when you know a host has just come back up. 6860 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section 6861 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the 6862 University of Leicester. 6863 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the 6864 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail 6865 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found 6866 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of 6867 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the 6868 University of Washington. 6869 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6870 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several 6871 people pointed this out. 6872 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT. 6873 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South 6874 Dakota School of Mines & Technology. 6875 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable. 6876 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr. 6877 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set 6878 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they 6879 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of 6880 Softec. 6881 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based 6882 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 6883 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan 6884 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla. 6885 68868.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26 6887 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly 6888 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision. 6889 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full 6890 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was 6891 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia). 6892 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not 6893 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact 6894 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed 6895 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University. 6896 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored 6897 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file 6898 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original 6899 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of 6900 NSC (Japan). 6901 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not 6902 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue, 6903 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6904 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was 6905 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the 6906 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from 6907 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute. 6908 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better 6909 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which 6910 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid 6911 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been 6912 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means 6913 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size 6914 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by 6915 Brad Knowles of America On Line. 6916 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER". 6917 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley. 6918 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging 6919 printout. 6920 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output. 6921 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between 6922 square braces. 6923 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver(); 6924 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems 6925 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!). 6926 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs; 6927 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem 6928 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the 6929 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 6930 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in 6931 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure) 6932 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were 6933 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 6934 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in 6935 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of 6936 Dandelion Digital. 6937 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting 6938 results that may come from NIS and DNS. 6939 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't 6940 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few 6941 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green. 6942 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all 6943 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent, 6944 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales. 6945 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps 6946 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales. 6947 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as 6948 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded 6949 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text") 6950 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by 6951 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland. 6952 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN 6953 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers. 6954 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the 6955 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in 6956 mailers. 6957 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q 6958 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John 6959 Myers of CMU. 6960 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host. 6961 The command takes a host name; data for that host is 6962 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares 6963 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but 6964 there should be no security implications. Implementation 6965 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details. 6966 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid 6967 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret 6968 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify 6969 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note 6970 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way 6971 to specify per-address notifications on the command line, 6972 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address 6973 parameter. 6974 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased); 6975 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7 6976 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the 6977 University of Maryland. 6978 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from 6979 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center. 6980 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found 6981 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and 6982 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin. 6983 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed 6984 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't 6985 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since 6986 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient 6987 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the 6988 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal 6989 addresses. This flag will solve that problem. 6990 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must 6991 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address 6992 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are 6993 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is 6994 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822. 6995 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands 6996 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with 6997 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123 6998 section 5.2.5. 6999 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start 7000 rejecting connections if it has more than this many 7001 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may 7002 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this 7003 is for incoming connections only. 7004 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the 7005 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted 7006 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are 7007 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to 7008 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in. 7009 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop 7010 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle 7011 (e.g., due to connection caching). 7012 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m) 7013 specifies how long cached information about the state of a 7014 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the 7015 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status 7016 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply 7017 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue 7018 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues 7019 that take a very long time to run. 7020 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced 7021 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them 7022 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes. 7023 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last 7024 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by 7025 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 7026 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when 7027 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information 7028 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 7029 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously 7030 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan 7031 Costales. 7032 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written 7033 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic 7034 Technologies, Inc. 7035 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise 7036 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays. 7037 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T. 7038 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple 7039 values for a given key, the database cursor would get 7040 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi 7041 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating 7042 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat 7043 different for this case. 7044 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when 7045 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee 7046 of Stanford University. 7047 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and 7048 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of 7049 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by 7050 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 7051 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined 7052 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem 7053 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar. 7054 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in 7055 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from 7056 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7057 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun 7058 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice 7059 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted 7060 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland. 7061 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that 7062 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an 7063 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead. 7064 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce 7065 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the 7066 Pasteur Institute. 7067 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase 7068 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but 7069 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted 7070 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company. 7071 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating 7072 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current 7073 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using 7074 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS 7075 canonification. 7076 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines) 7077 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP 7078 mailers. 7079 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers 7080 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't 7081 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line 7082 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined 7083 either of these in their configuration file. 7084 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query; 7085 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of 7086 St. Peter's College. 7087 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have 7088 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales. 7089 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue. 7090 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University. 7091 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix 7092 from Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7093 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before 7094 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial 7095 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan 7096 Costales. 7097 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity 7098 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and 7099 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything 7100 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the 7101 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed 7102 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat 7103 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr" 7104 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses); 7105 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient" 7106 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone 7107 in rulesets. 7108 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port} 7109 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively) 7110 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of 7111 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to 7112 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your 7113 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation 7114 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound 7115 when sendmail reads the configuration file. 7116 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection 7117 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name 7118 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections 7119 on that basis. 7120 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark 7121 Lovell and Paul Vixie. 7122 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create 7123 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k 7124 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul 7125 Vixie. 7126 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not 7127 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense 7128 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support. 7129 See also the src/READ_ME file. 7130 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this 7131 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful 7132 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to 7133 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the 7134 two characters $, +. 7135 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset, 7136 debug_dumpstate. 7137 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include: 7138 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that 7139 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not 7140 valid recipients. 7141 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a 7142 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem 7143 noted by Tom May. 7144 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate 7145 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a 7146 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John 7147 Beck of InReference, Inc. 7148 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated 7149 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure 7150 Computing Corporation. 7151 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in 7152 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best 7153 Internet Communications. 7154 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are 7155 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those 7156 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz 7157 of Lysator. 7158 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the 7159 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on 7160 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson 7161 of the University of Iceland. 7162 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower 7163 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings; 7164 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or 7165 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases 7166 this change is a no-op. 7167 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan 7168 Costales. 7169 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by 7170 Bryan Costales. 7171 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no 7172 response. Patch from Bryan Costales. 7173 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections 7174 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7175 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested 7176 by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7177 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error 7178 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress 7179 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always 7180 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7181 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that 7182 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a 7183 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle 7184 Jones of UUNET. 7185 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses 7186 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from 7187 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 7188 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages 7189 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned 7190 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more 7191 easily determine what messages are to their role as 7192 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based 7193 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura. 7194 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue 7195 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that 7196 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because 7197 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with 7198 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that 7199 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not 7200 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order 7201 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should 7202 probably only be used on the command line, and only in 7203 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few 7204 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an 7205 implementation by Motonori Nakamura. 7206 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in 7207 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary 7208 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense 7209 of Stanford University. 7210 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a 7211 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be 7212 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place 7213 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code. 7214 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor 7215 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.) 7216 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc. 7217 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file). 7218 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g., 7219 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the 7220 message. This should only be used if your configuration file 7221 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on 7222 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 7223 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from 7224 Motonori Nakamura. 7225 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if 7226 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of 7227 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch 7228 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm. 7229 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally 7230 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are 7231 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory 7232 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If 7233 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full 7234 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common 7235 value is ".hoststat". 7236 There are also two new operation modes: 7237 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent 7238 connections. 7239 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save 7240 recent status information. 7241 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie 7242 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of 7243 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience 7244 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8 7245 framework is gratefully appreciated. 7246 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to 7247 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine 7248 open connections to the same remote host at the same time. 7249 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to 7250 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge 7251 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small 7252 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the 7253 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce 7254 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process 7255 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code 7256 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell. 7257 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the 7258 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan 7259 Costales. 7260 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue 7261 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 7262 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from 7263 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be 7264 left around; these would collect in the queue directory. 7265 Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 7266 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles 7267 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will 7268 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then 7269 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g., 7270 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta 7271 Webmasters. 7272 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower 7273 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on 7274 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u 7275 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases 7276 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC. 7277 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on 7278 failure or delay were always set. This caused those 7279 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been 7280 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University 7281 of Washington, Seattle. 7282 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This 7283 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from 7284 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return 7285 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for 7286 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line. 7287 (See src/READ_ME for details.) 7288 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster 7289 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be 7290 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori 7291 Nakamura. 7292 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that 7293 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems. 7294 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must 7295 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be 7296 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that 7297 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment 7298 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to 7299 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other 7300 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is 7301 well constrained. 7302 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used 7303 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could 7304 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that 7305 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less 7306 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run. 7307 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs 7308 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected 7309 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems. 7310 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2) 7311 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am 7312 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix. 7313 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery 7314 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds 7315 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson. 7316 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a 7317 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe 7318 Wolfhugel. 7319 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed" 7320 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma. 7321 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy 7322 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested 7323 by John Hawkinson of MIT. 7324 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted 7325 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 7326 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there 7327 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it 7328 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem 7329 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems 7330 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore. 7331 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that 7332 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion; 7333 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop. 7334 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington. 7335 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value 7336 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the 7337 National University of Singapore. 7338 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps 7339 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the 7340 system can't cope with. 7341 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7342 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western 7343 Atlas International. 7344 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell 7345 <bicknell@ufp.org>. 7346 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only 7347 work on the first recipient of a message due to a 7348 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you 7349 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a 7350 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C. 7351 Bernstein and Associates. 7352 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing 7353 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported 7354 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>. 7355 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of 7356 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 7357 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because 7358 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey 7359 of Bailey Computer Consulting. 7360 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of 7361 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 7362 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the 7363 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited. 7364 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew. 7365 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 7366 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of 7367 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 7368 Institute. 7369 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R. 7370 Lopez, CICA (Seville). 7371 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR. 7372 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor 7373 Employment Standards Administration. 7374 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents. 7375 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster 7376 Jr. 7377 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases) 7378 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting. 7379 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler) 7380 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 7381 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand. 7382 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla. 7383 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT. 7384 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis 7385 of the University of Arizona. 7386 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of 7387 Vanderbilt University. 7388 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh. 7389 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist; 7390 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall 7391 Winchester of the University of Maryland. 7392 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by 7393 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 7394 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message'' 7395 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously 7396 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all 7397 Foundation. 7398 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals. 7399 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that 7400 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this 7401 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John 7402 Myers of CMU. 7403 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any 7404 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those 7405 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded. 7406 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes 7407 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all 7408 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers 7409 themselves. For example, if a configuration had 7410 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only 7411 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be 7412 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard 7413 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas. 7414 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of 7415 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''. 7416 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes, 7417 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out 7418 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code 7419 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates 7420 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 7421 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of 7422 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''. 7423 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host 7424 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing: 7425 info@foo.com foo-info 7426 info@bar.com bar-info 7427 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net 7428 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info 7429 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com 7430 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will 7431 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com, 7432 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with 7433 a great many people. 7434 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS. 7435 Suggested by Richard Bainter. 7436 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the 7437 "fax" mailer. 7438 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this 7439 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local 7440 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do 7441 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of 7442 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can 7443 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon). 7444 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take 7445 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user; 7446 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This 7447 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based 7448 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet. 7449 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that 7450 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS 7451 lookups required to support this feature. For example, 7452 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups 7453 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony 7454 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>. 7455 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets, 7456 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro 7457 of WPI. 7458 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the 7459 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by 7460 Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 7461 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could 7462 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by 7463 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>. 7464 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is 7465 remotely connected. The address host!user was being 7466 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay. 7467 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 7468 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect. 7469 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to 7470 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the 7471 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion 7472 by Andreas Luik. 7473 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users). 7474 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root. 7475 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 7476 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe 7477 Wolfhugel. 7478 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm. 7479 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note 7480 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no 7481 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are 7482 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660), 7483 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them 7484 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul 7485 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network. 7486 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there 7487 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file 7488 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and 7489 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New 7490 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology. 7491 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan 7492 Costales. 7493 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 7494 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't 7495 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe. 7496 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 7497 NEW FILES: 7498 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2 7499 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 7500 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion 7501 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x 7502 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x 7503 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20 7504 mailstats/mailstats.8 7505 praliases/praliases.8 7506 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc 7507 cf/feature/genericstable.m4 7508 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4 7509 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4 7510 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4 7511 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 7512 cf/ostype/altos.m4 7513 cf/ostype/maxion.m4 7514 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 7515 cf/ostype/uxpds.m4 7516 contrib/re-mqueue.pl 7517 DELETED FILES: 7518 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris 7519 contrib/xla/README 7520 contrib/xla/xla.c 7521 RENAMED FILES: 7522 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x 7523 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2 7524 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10 7525 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x 7526 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x 7527 75288.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17 7529 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the 7530 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs 7531 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site. 7532 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser 7533 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell. 7534 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows 7535 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable 7536 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands. 7537 75388.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04 7539 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can 7540 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have 7541 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar; 7542 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen 7543 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired, 7544 and others. 7545 75468.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18 7547 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 7548 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 7549 any user (except root). 7550 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 7551 version number is unchanged. 7552 75538.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03 7554 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused 7555 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix 7556 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 7557 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause 7558 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since 7559 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused 7560 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales. 7561 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan 7562 Costales. 7563 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7564 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers. 7565 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte 7566 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes 7567 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of 7568 Stanford University. 7569 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option. 7570 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7571 75728.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19 7573 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage, 7574 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not 7575 properly repaired in 8.7.1. 7576 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other 7577 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the 7578 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the 7579 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed, 7580 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep 7581 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients 7582 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_. 7583 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set 7584 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested 7585 by Kari Hurtta. 7586 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then 7587 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found, 7588 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map. 7589 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails 7590 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files, 7591 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not 7592 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the 7593 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard 7594 bounces when it should have requeued. 7595 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo 7596 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped 7597 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by 7598 John Hawkinson of Panix. 7599 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver 7600 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and 7601 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order 7602 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested 7603 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break 7604 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk 7605 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of 7606 Infobiogen. 7607 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security 7608 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this 7609 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a 7610 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John 7611 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT. 7612 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being 7613 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft. 7614 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option 7615 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs 7616 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 7617 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to 7618 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested 7619 by Randy Martin of Clemson University. 7620 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and 7621 underscores. 7622 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an 7623 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley 7624 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 7625 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that 7626 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information 7627 included even if the user did not request success notification, 7628 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 7629 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to 7630 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient 7631 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of 7632 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem 7633 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University. 7634 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan 7635 Costales of ICSI. 7636 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they 7637 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed 7638 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>. 7639 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5 7640 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the 7641 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan 7642 Technological University. 7643 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with 7644 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the 7645 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong. 7646 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 7647 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed 7648 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway). 7649 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode). 7650 Requested by Allan Johannesen. 7651 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal 7652 to have the database format of the alias files without the 7653 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist, 7654 Inc. 7655 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly 7656 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford 7657 <frank@ansto.gov.au>. 7658 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have 7659 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford 7660 University. 7661 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only 7662 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the 7663 Association for Progressive Communications. 7664 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run 7665 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was 7666 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that 7667 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning 7668 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such 7669 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next 7670 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of 7671 SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 7672 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions 7673 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod 7674 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch 7675 from Betty Lee of Stanford University. 7676 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition 7677 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most 7678 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the 7679 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that 7680 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from 7681 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University. 7682 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7683 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from 7684 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From 7685 James B. Davis of TCI. 7686 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From 7687 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7688 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x 7689 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed 7690 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland. 7691 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which 7692 isn't supported on all compilers. 7693 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez. 7694 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless 7695 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE. 7696 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name 7697 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne. 7698 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as 7699 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen 7700 (France). 7701 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file. 7702 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications. 7703 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files, 7704 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on 7705 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing. 7706 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that 7707 have already been set. Previously it worked differently 7708 for different files. 7709 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take 7710 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems 7711 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 7712 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>; 7713 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional 7714 changes). 7715 77168.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01 7717 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage, 7718 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash 7719 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug 7720 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT. 7721 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that 7722 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this 7723 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in 7724 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be 7725 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns 7726 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 7727 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a 7728 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although 7729 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution 7730 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size 7731 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this 7732 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular 7733 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf. 7734 These both have possible security implications. Solutions 7735 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group 7736 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others. 7737 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type) 7738 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined 7739 results. This could have security implications. 7740 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace() 7741 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero. 7742 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec. 7743 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always 7744 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx 7745 map to always return the local host first, if it is included 7746 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert 7747 Elz. 7748 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy 7749 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU> 7750 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified 7751 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map 7752 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"), 7753 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really 7754 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the 7755 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts 7756 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the 7757 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock, 7758 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember: 7759 domain names are your friends. 7760 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup. 7761 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited. 7762 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting. 7763 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc. 7764 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP 7765 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout 7766 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the 7767 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd 7768 of TerraNet. 7769 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly 7770 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages. 7771 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.) 7772 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro 7773 of WPI. 7774 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7775 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting 7776 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to 7777 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE 7778 file and SGI standards. From Andre 7779 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>. 7780 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series) 7781 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>. 7782 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc. 7783 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura. 7784 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old 7785 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc. 7786 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with 7787 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration. 7788 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 7789 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations -- 7790 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during 7791 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 7792 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because 7793 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is 7794 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of 7795 Infobiogen (France). 7796 NEW FILES: 7797 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 7798 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 7799 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS 7800 78018.7/8.7 1995/09/16 7802 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file 7803 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a 7804 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for 7805 Global Communications. 7806 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some 7807 people seemed to think that it was too rude. 7808 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK 7809 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense 7810 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the 7811 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out 7812 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 7813 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return 7814 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this 7815 can be confusing. 7816 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is 7817 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d". 7818 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias 7819 file on systems with no database method compiled in. 7820 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it 7821 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts 7822 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and 7823 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally. 7824 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of 7825 Maryland. 7826 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP. 7827 There is nothing that says you can't have a long 7828 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via 7829 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported 7830 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7831 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I 7832 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in 7833 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally 7834 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This 7835 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose. 7836 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function 7837 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7838 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused 7839 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using 7840 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate 7841 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7842 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying 7843 the alias database file by setting resource limits low. 7844 This involves adding two new compile-time options: 7845 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is 7846 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support 7847 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former 7848 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System 7849 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of 7850 Swarthmore University. 7851 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode: 7852 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value". 7853 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c". 7854 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated 7855 ruleset. 7856 ``=M'' will display the known mailers. 7857 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line 7858 -d debug flag. 7859 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m. 7860 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c. 7861 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''. 7862 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of 7863 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information) 7864 and the parsed address. 7865 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form 7866 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer. 7867 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The 7868 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope, 7869 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These 7870 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header 7871 recipients. 7872 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and 7873 return the result. 7874 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated 7875 `mapname' and return the result. 7876 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it 7877 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes. 7878 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses 7879 the header for envelope sender information and uses 7880 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be 7881 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it 7882 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require 7883 that functionality. 7884 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname 7885 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify 7886 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can 7887 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system 7888 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names 7889 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot. 7890 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per 7891 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III 7892 of Michigan Technological University. 7893 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you 7894 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is, 7895 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that 7896 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether 7897 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for 7898 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those 7899 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files 7900 or not. 7901 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration 7902 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the 7903 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print 7904 the error message. It was especially weird because it 7905 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster 7906 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem 7907 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola. 7908 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including 7909 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but 7910 should have minimal impact on external function. 7911 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is 7912 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g., 7913 O MatchGECOS=TRUE 7914 The full list of old and new names is as follows: 7915 7 SevenBitInput 7916 8 EightBitMode 7917 A AliasFile 7918 a AliasWait 7919 B BlankSub 7920 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize 7921 C CheckpointInterval 7922 c HoldExpensive 7923 D AutoRebuildAliases 7924 d DeliveryMode 7925 E ErrorHeader 7926 e ErrorMode 7927 f SaveFromLine 7928 F TempFileMode 7929 G MatchGECOS 7930 H HelpFile 7931 h MaxHopCount 7932 i IgnoreDots 7933 I ResolverOptions 7934 J ForwardPath 7935 j SendMimeErrors 7936 k ConnectionCacheSize 7937 K ConnectionCacheTimeout 7938 L LogLevel 7939 l UseErrorsTo 7940 m MeToo 7941 n CheckAliases 7942 O DaemonPortOptions 7943 o OldStyleHeaders 7944 P PostmasterCopy 7945 p PrivacyOptions 7946 Q QueueDirectory 7947 q QueueFactor 7948 R DontPruneRoutes 7949 r, T Timeout 7950 S StatusFile 7951 s SuperSafe 7952 t TimeZoneSpec 7953 u DefaultUser 7954 U UserDatabaseSpec 7955 V FallbackMXHost 7956 v Verbose 7957 w TryNullMXList 7958 x QueueLA 7959 X RefuseLA 7960 Y ForkEachJob 7961 y RecipientFactor 7962 z ClassFactor 7963 Z RetryFactor 7964 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have 7965 been changed to options; those correspondences are: 7966 $e SmtpGreetingMessage 7967 $l UnixFromLine 7968 $o OperatorChars 7969 $q (deleted -- not necessary) 7970 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail, 7971 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of 7972 sendmail; any config file using the new names should 7973 specify "V6" in the configuration. 7974 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a 7975 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same 7976 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should 7977 treat them as comments). This is to handle the 7978 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will 7979 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first 7980 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address). 7981 This requires config file support to get right. It does 7982 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned 7983 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option. 7984 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags: 7985 A Addresses are aliasable. 7986 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header 7987 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer 7988 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags. 7989 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses. 7990 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the 7991 recipient mailer flags. 7992 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command. 7993 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local 7994 delivery. 7995 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user. 7996 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5. 7997 : Check for :include: on this address. 7998 | Check for |program on this address. 7999 / Check for /file on this address. 8000 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user 8001 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the 8002 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender 8003 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags. 8004 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @ 8005 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*" 8006 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option. 8007 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from 8008 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed 8009 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see 8010 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the 8011 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag 8012 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with 8013 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is, 8014 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit 8015 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the 8016 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared 8017 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the 8018 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is 8019 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines 8020 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using 8021 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are: 8022 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do 8023 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT 8024 (essentially, the full MIME option). 8025 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled 8026 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default). 8027 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input, 8028 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8 8029 flag is ignored. 8030 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of 8031 the setting of F=8. 8032 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types 8033 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other 8034 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are 8035 never directly encoded (although their components can be). 8036 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the 8037 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though 8038 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have 8039 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta. 8040 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME 8041 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to 8042 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is 8043 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary". 8044 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no 8045 short name) to set the default character set to use in the 8046 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message 8047 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C= 8048 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as 8049 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option. 8050 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as 8051 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3. 8052 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default 8053 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This 8054 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is 8055 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that 8056 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be 8057 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no 8058 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used 8059 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of 8060 Unicom. 8061 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same 8062 fashion as the U= mailer option. 8063 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as 8064 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration 8065 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value 8066 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value 8067 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char 8068 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use 8069 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code 8070 from Chip Rosenthal. 8071 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions. 8072 For example, 8073 O Timeout.helo = 2m 8074 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and 8075 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to 8076 set them both the preferred new syntax is 8077 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d 8078 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h 8079 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the 8080 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to 8081 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache, 8082 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large 8083 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a 8084 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots 8085 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using 8086 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code 8087 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main 8088 contribution was to make it configurable). 8089 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue 8090 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 8091 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written 8092 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7 8093 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert 8094 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction. 8095 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in 8096 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases 8097 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as 8098 I/O redirection. 8099 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this 8100 can be confusing. 8101 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or 8102 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel 8103 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris. 8104 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options. 8105 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts 8106 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval 8107 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age 8108 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than 8109 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give 8110 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to 8111 queue-only. 8112 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening 8113 :include: and .forward files. 8114 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the 8115 key field name, the value field name, and the field 8116 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character 8117 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline. 8118 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods. 8119 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag 8120 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 8121 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the 8122 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by 8123 Sun Microsystems. 8124 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the 8125 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the 8126 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott 8127 Hutton of Indiana University. 8128 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to 8129 specify the name of the property that is searched as the 8130 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that 8131 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The 8132 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code 8133 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 8134 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through 8135 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter 8136 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag 8137 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the 8138 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated 8139 as comments. 8140 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search 8141 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one 8142 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses 8143 are from sysexits.h. 8144 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it 8145 finds a match. For example, the declarations: 8146 Kmap1 ... 8147 Kmap2 ... 8148 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2 8149 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the 8150 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise 8151 map2 is searched and the value returned. 8152 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that 8153 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually 8154 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of 8155 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use 8156 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type". 8157 For example, if the declaration of the map is 8158 Ksample switch hosts 8159 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are 8160 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is 8161 equivalent to 8162 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis 8163 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined. 8164 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a 8165 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd 8166 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid, 8167 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with 8168 the -m (matchonly) flag. 8169 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host 8170 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records 8171 for this host, one will be chosen at random. 8172 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database. 8173 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used, 8174 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries 8175 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined. 8176 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are 8177 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of 8178 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal", 8179 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are 8180 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted; 8181 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than 8182 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts 8183 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts 8184 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}. 8185 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer 8186 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP, 8187 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded. 8188 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead 8189 of queueing it (queueing is very hard). 8190 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that 8191 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead, 8192 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if 8193 an /etc/hosts entry reads 8194 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU 8195 this change will use the second name as the canonical 8196 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name. 8197 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value 8198 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition. 8199 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change 8200 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it 8201 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan 8202 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses. 8203 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can 8204 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}. 8205 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have 8206 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are 8207 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files 8208 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based 8209 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson. 8210 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed 8211 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list 8212 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 8213 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc 8214 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called 8215 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages. 8216 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University. 8217 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even 8218 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an 8219 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail 8220 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open 8221 much longer than the specified timeout. 8222 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop 8223 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since 8224 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible 8225 denial-of-service attack. 8226 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is 8227 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric 8228 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 8229 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service 8230 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf 8231 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back 8232 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile 8233 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the 8234 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases 8235 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files" 8236 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files 8237 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't 8238 actually file lookups. 8239 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer" 8240 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered 8241 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not 8242 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts". 8243 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery 8244 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override 8245 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow -- 8246 support for them has been removed. 8247 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer 8248 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for 8249 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively. 8250 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the 8251 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting 8252 message (not just the second line). This is to provide 8253 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers. 8254 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can 8255 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested 8256 by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 8257 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of 8258 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines. 8259 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas. 8260 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into 8261 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this 8262 also improves the connection cache utilization. 8263 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for 8264 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested 8265 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University. 8266 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from 8267 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the 8268 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by 8269 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work 8270 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change 8271 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun 8272 Microsystems. 8273 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra" 8274 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero 8275 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and 8276 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel 8277 timeout interval to establish the connection, this 8278 option can give the network software time to establish 8279 the link. The default units are seconds. 8280 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible; 8281 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail 8282 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the 8283 Defense Information Systems Agency. 8284 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by 8285 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of 8286 the National Computer Security Center. 8287 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling 8288 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the 8289 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing 8290 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by 8291 the mailprio scripts (see below). 8292 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and 8293 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the 8294 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a 8295 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required 8296 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map; 8297 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The 8298 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample 8299 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow 8300 University Computing Service. 8301 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks 8302 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of 8303 the University of Kentucky. 8304 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename; 8305 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized 8306 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis. 8307 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if 8308 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail. 8309 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines 8310 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network 8311 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies 8312 Corporation. 8313 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with 8314 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get 8315 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time 8316 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft. 8317 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of 8318 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not 8319 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really 8320 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name" 8321 can be used to read trusted user names from a file. 8322 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even 8323 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells. 8324 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them 8325 properly if they do not already exist. This had been 8326 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9. 8327 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid 8328 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to 8329 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by 8330 Michael Beirne of Motorola. 8331 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem 8332 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf 8333 Communications. 8334 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file 8335 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid() 8336 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids 8337 significant performance problems when looking for .forward 8338 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC. 8339 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an 8340 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer" 8341 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is 8342 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits, 8343 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric). 8344 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional. 8345 From Bryan Costales of ICSI. 8346 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is 8347 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take 8348 on values: 8349 None Leave the message as is. The 8350 message will be passed on even 8351 though it is in technically 8352 illegal syntax. 8353 Add-To Add a To: header with any 8354 recipients that it can find from 8355 the envelope. This risks exposing 8356 Bcc: recipients. 8357 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This 8358 has almost no redeeming social value, 8359 and is provided only for back 8360 compatibility. 8361 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading 8362 To: undisclosed-recipients:; 8363 which will have the effect of 8364 making the message legal without 8365 exposing Bcc: recipients. 8366 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header. 8367 There is a chance that mailers down 8368 the line will delete this header, 8369 which could cause exposure of Bcc: 8370 recipients. 8371 The default is NoRecipientAction=None. 8372 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This 8373 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't 8374 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to 8375 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind 8376 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom. 8377 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery 8378 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular 8379 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as 8380 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2) 8381 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an 8382 alias or forward should include the name of this root. 8383 For example, if you run with 8384 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch 8385 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a 8386 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to 8387 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the 8388 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit. 8389 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like 8390 entries. For example, given the aliases: 8391 list: member1 8392 list: member2 8393 and an alias file declared as: 8394 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases 8395 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2"; 8396 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent 8397 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 8398 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys. 8399 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in 8400 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan 8401 Johannesen. 8402 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion) 8403 to be simpler and more consistent. 8404 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give 8405 any extra security and caused some people some problems. 8406 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK 8407 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 8408 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and 8409 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent. 8410 This may affect some people who have written their own 8411 checkcompat() routine. 8412 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file 8413 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with 8414 the `q' changed to a `d', of course). 8415 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as 8416 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems. 8417 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode 8418 if all it is going to do is queue anyway. 8419 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances 8420 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary 8421 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA 8422 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing 8423 Corporation. 8424 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme: 8425 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch, 8426 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is 8427 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine 8428 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted, 8429 and anything after the first dot in a release number can 8430 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous 8431 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general. 8432 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory 8433 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty 8434 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles. 8435 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER", 8436 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta 8437 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 8438 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command 8439 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons). 8440 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo. 8441 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of 8442 the header. 8443 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 8444 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers 8445 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still 8446 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura. 8447 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX 8448 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX 8449 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully 8450 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record, 8451 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use 8452 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura. 8453 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of 8454 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP" 8455 is added between the first and second word of the first 8456 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the 8457 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS 8458 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's 8459 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that 8460 old sendmails understand. 8461 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1 8462 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi. 8463 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are 8464 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP> 8465 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native 8466 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where 8467 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose 8468 data -- for example, 8469 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori 8470 (romanized/less information) 8471 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?= 8472 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?= 8473 (with MIME encoding, not human readable) 8474 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B 8475 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP) 8476 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment. 8477 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura. 8478 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all 8479 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated 8480 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of 8481 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues 8482 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by 8483 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and 8484 Eric Prestemon of American University. 8485 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will 8486 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an 8487 increment on the background value). 8488 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged 8489 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed 8490 by Bruce Nagel of Data General. 8491 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code 8492 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part. 8493 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code. 8494 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable 8495 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system 8496 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional 8497 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~. 8498 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.) 8499 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE] 8500 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping 8501 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This 8502 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate 8503 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header 8504 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual 8505 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and 8506 the program in question needs to be very careful about how 8507 it does the file write to avoid security problems. 8508 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to 8509 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail 8510 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option 8511 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be 8512 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for 8513 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link. 8514 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories. 8515 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts 8516 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the 8517 service type is "files". 8518 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is 8519 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program 8520 into class "c". 8521 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this 8522 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code 8523 contributed by SunSoft. 8524 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment 8525 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate 8526 the named variable from the environment when sendmail 8527 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>" 8528 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any 8529 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child 8530 environment. However, sendmail still forces an 8531 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce 8532 at least one environment variable, since many programs and 8533 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed. 8534 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of 8535 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring 8536 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves 8537 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 8538 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose 8539 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter 8540 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which 8541 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option, 8542 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever 8543 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed 8544 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 8545 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum 8546 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech. 8547 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without 8548 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas 8549 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 8550 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the 8551 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not 8552 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100, 8553 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing 8554 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes 8555 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change 8556 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that 8557 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging 8558 flags. 8559 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an 8560 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from 8561 Motonori Nakamura. 8562 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily 8563 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the 8564 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized 8565 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum 8566 of MIT. 8567 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by 8568 Gerry Magennis of Logica International. 8569 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs 8570 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is 8571 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in 8572 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG" 8573 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set. 8574 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the 8575 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on 8576 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream 8577 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you. 8578 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object 8579 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do 8580 the make. 8581 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try 8582 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular, 8583 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of 8584 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited. 8585 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor 8586 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using 8587 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location 8588 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining 8589 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows 8590 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions. 8591 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang 8592 of Sun Microsystems. 8593 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one 8594 is at least 50% faster. 8595 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a 8596 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell 8597 University. 8598 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for 8599 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 8600 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead 8601 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the 8602 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are 8603 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura. 8604 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode 8605 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by 8606 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>. 8607 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs. 8608 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid 8609 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that 8610 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For 8611 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname 8612 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup. 8613 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of 8614 Carnegie Mellon. 8615 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2) 8616 support. 8617 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could 8618 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T 8619 Global Information Solutions. 8620 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only. 8621 From Motonori Nakamura. 8622 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From 8623 Motonori Nakamura. 8624 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end 8625 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple. 8626 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad 8627 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP 8628 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response 8629 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David 8630 James of British Telecom. 8631 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches 8632 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS. 8633 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites 8634 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion 8635 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that 8636 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had 8637 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional, 8638 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of. 8639 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die. 8640 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are, 8641 a bad guy can read your private files. 8642 PORTABILITY FIXES: 8643 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>. 8644 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan 8645 University. This expands the disk size 8646 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations. 8647 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3) 8648 and setrlimit(2) are both available. 8649 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions 8650 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles." 8651 Linux Makefile typo. 8652 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 -- 8653 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia. 8654 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State 8655 University, Chico. 8656 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts, 8657 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs 8658 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the 8659 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8. 8660 This requires adaptation of code that really 8661 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP 8662 addresses or nameserver fields.'' 8663 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To 8664 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2. 8665 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment 8666 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior. 8667 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>. 8668 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile 8669 problems. 8670 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to 8671 match all the other configuration files. Fix 8672 from Glenn Barry of Emory University. 8673 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain 8674 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium. 8675 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from 8676 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University. 8677 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the 8678 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername" 8679 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter 8680 Wemm of DIALix. 8681 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation 8682 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where 8683 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the 8684 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson 8685 of Ohio State University. 8686 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability 8687 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba 8688 University. 8689 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf 8690 of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t 8691 Mainz. 8692 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard. 8693 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the 8694 wrong statfs call). 8695 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project). 8696 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers 8697 University. 8698 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General. 8699 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of 8700 Rochester Medical Center. 8701 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos 8702 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line; 8703 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and 8704 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from 8705 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>. 8706 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson 8707 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems 8708 Division. 8709 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson 8710 <janet@dialix.oz.au>. 8711 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain 8712 Durand of I.M.A.G. 8713 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from 8714 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University. 8715 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation. 8716 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North 8717 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center. 8718 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications. 8719 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel. 8720 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre. 8721 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey. 8722 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud 8723 of Meteo France. 8724 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>. 8725 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta. 8726 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation. 8727 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura. 8728 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura. 8729 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura. 8730 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales. 8731 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer. 8732 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard. 8733 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a 8734 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen. 8735 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical 8736 University of Brno (Czech Republic). 8737 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University 8738 of Colorado. 8739 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC. 8740 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases 8741 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined 8742 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database. 8743 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail 8744 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race 8745 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock 8746 on the file, but it should be quite small. 8747 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can 8748 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer, 8749 giving the local administrator more control over what 8750 programs can be run from sendmail. 8751 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really 8752 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in 8753 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and 8754 never will. 8755 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon 8756 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have 8757 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf. 8758 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing 8759 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that 8760 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very 8761 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail. 8762 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI. 8763 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders 8764 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out. 8765 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead, 8766 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which 8767 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an 8768 arbitrary directory -- use either: 8769 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 8770 or 8771 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 8772 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you 8773 can use: 8774 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ... 8775 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.) 8776 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back 8777 compatibility. 8778 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to 8779 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses. 8780 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host 8781 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 8782 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration. 8783 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore 8784 County. 8785 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address. 8786 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not 8787 just unqualified ones. 8788 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it 8789 was never used and didn't work anyway. 8790 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer 8791 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class. 8792 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first 8793 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and 8794 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail 8795 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a 8796 centralized hub. 8797 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above). 8798 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set. 8799 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since 8800 this is expected to be another sendmail. 8801 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with 8802 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the 8803 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections), 8804 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip 8805 Rosenthal of Unicom. 8806 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the 8807 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by 8808 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 8809 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost) 8810 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing 8811 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the 8812 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with 8813 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works, 8814 but it is a no-op. 8815 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user 8816 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them 8817 as User Unknown. 8818 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS, 8819 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the 8820 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from 8821 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 8822 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects 8823 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate 8824 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen. 8825 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program 8826 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail" 8827 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag. 8828 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 8829 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for 8830 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary 8831 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 8832 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers. 8833 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From 8834 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support. 8835 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f. 8836 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as 8837 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused. 8838 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden. 8839 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that 8840 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as 8841 though they were local (essentially, assume that they 8842 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS 8843 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your 8844 local model. It does not work reliably if there are 8845 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference. 8846 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers. 8847 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted 8848 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery 8849 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as 8850 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is 8851 assumed. 8852 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the 8853 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers 8854 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense 8855 Information Systems Agency. 8856 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments 8857 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to 8858 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax. 8859 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to 8860 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro 8861 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use 8862 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files 8863 that really can be used in the real world. 8864 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for 8865 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET, 8866 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET. 8867 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency. 8868 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least. 8869 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET 8870 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent. 8871 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested 8872 by Scott Hutton. 8873 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed 8874 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services. 8875 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor 8876 performance for large alias files, and this confused many 8877 people. 8878 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the 8879 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup. 8880 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it 8881 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from 8882 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services. 8883 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option 8884 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database. 8885 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier. 8886 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form 8887 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code 8888 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE. 8889 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>. 8890 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of 8891 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name. 8892 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes 8893 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be 8894 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified 8895 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename). 8896 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope 8897 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this 8898 code were contributed by Per Hedeland. 8899 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be 8900 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed 8901 by Kimmo Suominen. 8902 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be 8903 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support). 8904 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon. 8905 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for 8906 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 8907 NEW FILES: 8908 cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc 8909 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc 8910 cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc 8911 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc 8912 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc 8913 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc 8914 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc 8915 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc 8916 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc 8917 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc 8918 cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc 8919 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4 8920 cf/domain/generic.m4 8921 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4 8922 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4 8923 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4 8924 cf/feature/smrsh.m4 8925 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4 8926 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 8927 cf/m4/cfhead.m4 8928 cf/mailer/cyrus.m4 8929 cf/mailer/mail11.m4 8930 cf/mailer/phquery.m4 8931 cf/mailer/procmail.m4 8932 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4 8933 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4 8934 cf/ostype/hpux10.m4 8935 cf/ostype/irix5.m4 8936 cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4 8937 cf/ostype/ptx2.m4 8938 cf/ostype/unknown.m4 8939 contrib/bsdi.mc 8940 contrib/mailprio 8941 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch 8942 mail.local/mail.local.0 8943 makemap/makemap.0 8944 smrsh/README 8945 smrsh/smrsh.0 8946 smrsh/smrsh.8 8947 smrsh/smrsh.c 8948 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS 8949 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V 8950 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10 8951 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x 8952 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 8953 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC 8954 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR 8955 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x 8956 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x 8957 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP 8958 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX 8959 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon 8960 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 8961 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3 8962 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4 8963 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5 8964 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386 8965 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV 8966 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800 8967 src/aliases.0 8968 src/mailq.0 8969 src/mime.c 8970 src/newaliases.0 8971 src/sendmail.0 8972 test/t_seteuid.c 8973 RENAMED FILES: 8974 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc 8975 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc 8976 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc 8977 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc 8978 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc 8979 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc 8980 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc 8981 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc 8982 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4 8983 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 8984 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 8985 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4 8986 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4 8987 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4 8988 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4 8989 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.* 8990 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX 8991 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS 8992 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux 8993 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS 8994 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0 8995 OBSOLETED FILES: 8996 cf/cf/cogsci.mc 8997 cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc 8998 cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc 8999 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc 9000 cf/cf/knecht.mc 9001 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc 9002 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc 9003 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc 9004 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc 9005 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc 9006 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4 9007 contrib/rcpt-streaming 9008 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 9009 90108.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25 9011 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 9012 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 9013 any user (except root). 9014 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 9015 version number is unchanged. 9016 90178.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28 9018 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer 9019 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several 9020 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the 9021 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of 9022 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of 9023 each other!). 9024 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of 9025 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather 9026 than fork(). 9027 90288.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08 9029 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often 9030 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent. 9031 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack'' 9032 message when attempted from IDENT. 9033 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when 9034 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can 9035 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message 9036 to 80 characters to prevent this problem. 9037 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the 9038 read from the network to ensure that you don't get 9039 partial lines. 9040 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null 9041 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by 9042 Rob McMahon. 9043 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the 9044 _res.options field is initialized differently than it 9045 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call 9046 res_init before it tweaks any bits. 9047 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode 9048 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare 9049 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of 9050 Novell Labs Europe. 9051 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when 9052 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of 9053 Cal State Chico. 9054 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by 9055 *Hobbit*. 9056 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit* 9057 and Liudvikas Bukys. 9058 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular) 9059 from Spider Boardman. 9060 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 9061 with the binaries). 9062 90638.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10 9064 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that 9065 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files. 9066 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol. 9067 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally 9068 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell 9069 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security 9070 implications. 9071 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when 9072 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly 9073 because it was passed as a printf-style format string. 9074 In some cases this could cause core dumps. 9075 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error 9076 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the 9077 University of Texas. 9078 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error 9079 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias. 9080 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and 9081 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory. 9082 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was 9083 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of 9084 Data General. 9085 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around 9086 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew 9087 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft. 9088 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long 9089 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program 9090 with a lot of arguments). 9091 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature 9092 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''. 9093 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of 9094 Michigan. 9095 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned 9096 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire 9097 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM), 9098 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky 9099 Thibault. 9100 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in 9101 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups 9102 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies 9103 some of the map code. 9104 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 9105 with the binaries). 9106 91078.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19 9108 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal. 9109 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and 9110 may have some security implications. 9111 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size, 9112 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed 9113 Hill of the University of Iowa. 9114 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported 9115 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company. 9116 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it 9117 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC. 9118 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment. 9119 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of 9120 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U 9121 option. 9122 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that 9123 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called 9124 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by 9125 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer 9126 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related 9127 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of 9128 Rochester. 9129 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with 9130 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by 9131 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems. 9132 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two 9133 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by 9134 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 9135 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by 9136 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This 9137 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar. 9138 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name 9139 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration) 9140 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get 9141 the canonical name. This should make life easier for 9142 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and 9143 if the name server is listed as "required", try again 9144 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to 9145 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself" 9146 messages. 9147 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error 9148 message to explain how much space was available and 9149 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet 9150 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology. 9151 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any 9152 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the 9153 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message. 9154 This prevents a certain class of denial of service 9155 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and 9156 moves things more towards what will probably become a 9157 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of 9158 Kapor Enterprises. 9159 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts 9160 without recompiling. 9161 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message 9162 if there are errors during parsing. This change is 9163 purely cosmetic. 9164 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of 9165 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets 9166 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug.... 9167 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting 9168 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection; 9169 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message, 9170 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to 9171 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone. 9172 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to 9173 sendmail@sendmail.ORG. 9174 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off 9175 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe 9176 Wolfhugel. 9177 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server 9178 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close 9179 the port completely and reopen it later as needed. 9180 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection 9181 refused" response, and that the connection can be 9182 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations 9183 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue 9184 size around and can never start listening to connections 9185 again. The down side is that someone could start up 9186 another daemon process in the interim, so you could 9187 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections; 9188 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be 9189 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the 9190 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break 9191 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior 9192 implications. 9193 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to 9194 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar. 9195 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any 9196 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes 9197 and the like could result in extra data being sent. 9198 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the 9199 doc directory. This includes some additional 9200 information. 9201 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front 9202 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been 9203 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were 9204 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should 9205 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom 9206 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to 9207 loop the mail, which was bad news. 9208 Portability fixes: 9209 Newer BSDI systems (several people). 9210 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel. 9211 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet. 9212 UnixWare, from Evan Champion. 9213 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 9214 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of 9215 Newcastle upon Tyne. 9216 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre 9217 Corporation. 9218 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation. 9219 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from 9220 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 9221 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist. 9222 New Files: 9223 src/Makefile.CLIX 9224 src/Makefile.NCR3000 9225 doc/changes/Makefile 9226 doc/changes/changes.me 9227 doc/changes/changes.ps 9228 92298.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21 9230 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the 9231 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones; 9232 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel. 9233 92348.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14 9235 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird 9236 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of 9237 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq 9238 list. 9239 92408.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13 9241 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based 9242 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner 9243 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways. 9244 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a 9245 valid shell. 9246 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections 9247 in the connection cache for a long time under some 9248 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion, 9249 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the 9250 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From 9251 Doug Anderson of NCSC. 9252 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as 9253 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was 9254 from a local user to another local user. From 9255 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 9256 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking 9257 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From 9258 Bryan Costales of ICSI. 9259 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability; 9260 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of 9261 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called 9262 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE 9263 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2) 9264 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call, 9265 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument 9266 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>, 9267 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively). 9268 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if 9269 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From 9270 David Meyer of the University of Virginia. 9271 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition 9272 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a 9273 BSD-like system. 9274 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident 9275 protocol entirely. 9276 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a 9277 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a 9278 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise 9279 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify 9280 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all. 9281 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically. 9282 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files 9283 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away 9284 files. 9285 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias 9286 file if it was on a read-only file system. From 9287 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington. 9288 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers 9289 of CMU. 9290 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used 9291 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number) 9292 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon. 9293 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not 9294 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained 9295 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether 9296 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain. 9297 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in 9298 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto 9299 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also 9300 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:, 9301 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem 9302 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center. 9303 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have 9304 security implications. Suggested by several people. 9305 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always 9306 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat 9307 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system 9308 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from 9309 Motonori Nakamura. 9310 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there 9311 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long 9312 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging. 9313 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor 9314 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three 9315 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported 9316 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 9317 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes; 9318 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info 9319 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar. 9320 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that 9321 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson 9322 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>. 9323 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested 9324 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of 9325 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to 9326 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages. 9327 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $] 9328 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots 9329 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig 9330 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI. 9331 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is 9332 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you 9333 didn't see the class items being added. 9334 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where 9335 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but 9336 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of 9337 Rutgers. 9338 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value, 9339 but sets h_errno to a success value. 9340 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important 9341 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the 9342 address specified in the P option). This fix should 9343 help problems that cause the df file to be left around 9344 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce 9345 the problem myself. 9346 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this 9347 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher 9348 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file. 9349 Problem noted by Janne Himanka. 9350 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your 9351 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection 9352 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of 9353 UUNET. 9354 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers; 9355 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming 9356 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by 9357 John Oleynick. 9358 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where 9359 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by 9360 George Baltz of the University of Maryland. 9361 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To: 9362 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori 9363 Nakamura. 9364 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split 9365 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a 9366 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the 9367 University of Washington. 9368 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that 9369 don't have an ``=value'' part. 9370 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also 9371 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the 9372 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because 9373 of the weird way the name server works in the presence 9374 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson 9375 of Cambridge University. 9376 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages 9377 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true 9378 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI. 9379 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can 9380 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can 9381 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0. 9382 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails, 9383 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if 9384 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back 9385 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find 9386 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to 9387 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to 9388 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure 9389 that country names that match one of your subdomains get 9390 a chance. 9391 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings. 9392 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon. 9393 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j. 9394 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal 9395 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your 9396 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will 9397 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to 9398 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this 9399 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user 9400 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth. 9401 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From 9402 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>. 9403 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings. 9404 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX, 9405 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message 9406 size for various mailers. 9407 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0] 9408 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency 9409 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego. 9410 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB, 9411 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub} 9412 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well. 9413 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set. 9414 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local 9415 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other 9416 system. 9417 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in 9418 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon 9419 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>. 9420 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems 9421 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe 9422 Michel of Thomson CSF. 9423 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your 9424 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against 9425 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar" 9426 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable 9427 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST. 9428 This also moves matching of explicit local host names 9429 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special 9430 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill 9431 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding 9432 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the 9433 University of Sydney. 9434 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver 9435 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default. 9436 This is because of the known bug where definition of 9437 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore 9438 both and deliver into the local mailbox. 9439 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they 9440 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was 9441 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up 9442 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo 9443 Suominen. 9444 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4]) 9445 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens, 9446 these are often used because either the forward or reverse 9447 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again. 9448 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo 9449 Suominen. 9450 Portability fixes: 9451 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software. 9452 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 9453 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University. 9454 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>. 9455 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>. 9456 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 9457 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar. 9458 DGUX from Doug Anderson. 9459 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent. 9460 NEW FILES: 9461 src/Makefile.DomainOS 9462 src/Makefile.PTX 9463 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1 9464 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2 9465 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 9466 src/mailq.1 9467 cf/ostype/domainos.m4 9468 doc/op/Makefile 9469 doc/intro/Makefile 9470 doc/usenix/Makefile 9471 94728.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13 9473 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test 9474 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From 9475 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley. 9476 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs 9477 were invoked. This caused programs to have group 9478 permissions they should not have had (usually group 9479 daemon instead of their own group). In particular, 9480 Perl scripts would refuse to run. 9481 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not 9482 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances). 9483 Although this does not respond to a specific known 9484 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by 9485 Christian Wettergren. 9486 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on 9487 a system with a restricted shell listed in their 9488 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any 9489 program by putting that in their .forward file. 9490 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell 9491 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to 9492 execute a program or write a file. You can disable 9493 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't 9494 permit world-writable :include: files to reference 9495 programs or files (there's no way to disable this). 9496 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for 9497 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include: 9498 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on 9499 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled. 9500 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when 9501 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially 9502 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly 9503 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory. 9504 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached 9505 connection to create problems on the current job. 9506 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in 9507 the wrong place. 9508 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue 9509 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a 9510 problem that ignored the load average in locally 9511 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar. 9512 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From 9513 John Orthoefer of BB&N. 9514 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just 9515 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over 9516 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways. 9517 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused 9518 when sending error messages. This resulted in 9519 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself 9520 on the following queue run. Problem noted by 9521 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester. 9522 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide. 9523 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From 9524 Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 9525 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be 9526 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon 9527 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin. 9528 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen 9529 of the Chalmers University of Technology. 9530 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error 9531 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK 9532 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes 9533 EX_UNAVAILABLE. 9534 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had 9535 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of 9536 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys. 9537 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried 9538 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing 9539 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University. 9540 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch; 9541 this makes it easier to turn it off (using 9542 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse. 9543 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of 9544 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries 9545 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with 9546 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes 9547 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith 9548 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc. 9549 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large 9550 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr 9551 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead. 9552 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State. 9553 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not 9554 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts 9555 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing 9556 dot convention. 9557 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead 9558 of from a clean exit. 9559 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS 9560 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it 9561 might still be found in /etc/hosts. 9562 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent 9563 as the subject of an error message, even though the 9564 actual cause of a message was more severe than that. 9565 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI. 9566 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle 9567 Jones of UUNET. 9568 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some 9569 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time 9570 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton 9571 University, which is in turn derived from IDA. 9572 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously 9573 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec 9574 says that they should be ignored. 9575 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for 9576 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set 9577 (with the null input), and logs the result. This 9578 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process 9579 is not reentrant. 9580 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as 9581 documented in the Bat Book. 9582 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not 9583 return an error message and did not requeue the message. 9584 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of 9585 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France. 9586 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error 9587 code during some parts of connection initialization. 9588 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on 9589 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in 9590 any case. From Amir Plivatsky. 9591 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null. 9592 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI. 9593 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura 9594 of Kyoto University. 9595 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle. 9596 From P{r Emanuelsson. 9597 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts. 9598 Suggested by Douglas Anderson. 9599 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by 9600 Bryan Costales. 9601 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be 9602 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson. 9603 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP 9604 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori 9605 Nakamura. 9606 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender 9607 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid 9608 illegal addresses appearing there). 9609 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of 9610 BB&N. 9611 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always 9612 included. 9613 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen 9614 Campbell of Dartmouth University. 9615 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during 9616 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host 9617 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported 9618 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 9619 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not 9620 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump. 9621 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused 9622 by the other end closing the connection. From 9623 Dave Morrison of Oracle. 9624 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq" 9625 to include a host name or other useful information. 9626 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince 9627 DeMarco. 9628 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to 9629 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/ 9630 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing 9631 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of 9632 the NRL Connection Machine Facility. 9633 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence 9634 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character. 9635 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around 9636 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do 9637 this properly). 9638 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form: 9639 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the 9640 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM. 9641 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to 9642 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs 9643 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when 9644 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it 9645 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few 9646 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a 9647 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the 9648 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD. 9649 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header 9650 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server 9651 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such 9652 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is 9653 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did 9654 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan 9655 of the Institute for Global Communications. 9656 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand 9657 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail 9658 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because 9659 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments. 9660 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their 9661 mail to the same program and have them appear unique. 9662 Portability fixes for: 9663 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy. 9664 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand. 9665 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others. 9666 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell. 9667 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt 9668 of Stoner Associates. 9669 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola. 9670 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University 9671 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University 9672 of Maryland. 9673 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert. 9674 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 9675 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University. 9676 Irix from Bryan Curnutt. 9677 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona. 9678 RISC/os. 9679 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University 9680 at Chico. 9681 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force. 9682 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco. 9683 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location 9684 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib 9685 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail. 9686 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer; 9687 since this is intended only for internal use, the 9688 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The 9689 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP 9690 addresses when relaying internally. 9691 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:; 9692 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution 9693 provided by Peter Wemm. 9694 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset 9695 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From 9696 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto. 9697 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1 9698 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy. 9699 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency; 9700 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside) 9701 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain 9702 names. 9703 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts) 9704 rather than letting them get "local configuration 9705 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers. 9706 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted 9707 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this 9708 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This 9709 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and 9710 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency. 9711 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen 9712 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>). 9713 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone. 9714 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g., 9715 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade) 9716 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host 9717 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan 9718 of Georgia Tech. 9719 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From 9720 Jim Murray of Stratus. 9721 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V" 9722 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host 9723 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz", 9724 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has 9725 the local name prepended. 9726 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX. 9727 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide. 9728 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or 9729 which lack newline. From Mark Delany. 9730 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes 9731 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC 9732 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab. 9733 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES: 9734 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to 9735 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail. 9736 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable 9737 :include: files and accounts that have shells 9738 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may 9739 cause some .forward files that have worked 9740 before to start failing. 9741 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log. 9742 NEW FILES: 9743 src/Makefile.DGUX 9744 src/Makefile.Dynix 9745 src/Makefile.FreeBSD 9746 src/Makefile.Mach386 9747 src/Makefile.NetBSD 9748 src/Makefile.RISCos 9749 src/Makefile.SCO 9750 src/Makefile.SVR4 9751 src/Makefile.Titan 9752 cf/mailer/pop.m4 9753 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4 9754 cf/ostype/dgux.m4 9755 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4 9756 cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4 9757 makemap/Makefile.dist 9758 praliases/Makefile.dist 9759 97608.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31 9761 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment) 9762 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in 9763 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu. 9764 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This 9765 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this 9766 class of attack. 9767 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync() 9768 in a few critical places. 9769 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for 9770 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's 9771 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric 9772 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear 9773 and High-Energy Physics. 9774 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work", 9775 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From 9776 Eric Wassenaar. 9777 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the 9778 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this 9779 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric 9780 Wassenaar. 9781 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only 9782 really become relevant in the next release, but some 9783 people need it for local patches. From Michael 9784 Corrigan of UC San Diego. 9785 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers) 9786 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since 9787 these can have different values depending on which 9788 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar. 9789 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you 9790 what uid/gid processes ran as. 9791 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if 9792 the sender address was unparseable for some reason; 9793 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to 9794 postmaster" case. 9795 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm. 9796 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header 9797 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX. 9798 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope 9799 addresses (so that it matches local again). From 9800 Christopher Davis. 9801 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n; 9802 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like 9803 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori 9804 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 9805 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but 9806 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura. 9807 98088.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15 9809 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for 9810 addresses that get return-receipts. 9811 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning 9812 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough 9813 and end up sending the message several times. 9814 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return 9815 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for 9816 four hours". 9817 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for 9818 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as 9819 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of 9820 Cornell University Medical College. 9821 If there is an error when writing the body of a message, 9822 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response 9823 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to 9824 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric 9825 Wassenaar. 9826 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when 9827 connections fail during message collection. From 9828 Eric Wassenaar. 9829 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the 9830 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects 9831 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of 9832 Stratus. 9833 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file 9834 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by 9835 Allan Johannesen of WPI. 9836 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ 9837 by non-root users were not put into 9838 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the 9839 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix 9840 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea. 9841 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code 9842 could get confused as to whether a database was 9843 open or not. 9844 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is 9845 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific 9846 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature", 9847 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief 9848 that this is a highly exceptional case.) 9849 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC), 9850 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1 9851 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley) 9852 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming. 9853 98548.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08 9855 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V. 9856 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down 9857 causing an error during parsing, that message was never 9858 propagated to the queue file. 9859 98608.6/8.6 1993/10/05 9861 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in 9862 conf.h (other systems have the same bug). 9863 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume 9864 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly 9865 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the 9866 header files but don't have the syscall. 9867 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname 9868 if trymx == FALSE. 9869 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for 9870 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error 9871 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To: 9872 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 9873 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this 9874 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel. 9875 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the 9876 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix 9877 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.), 9878 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from 9879 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from 9880 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo 9881 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers. 9882 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro 9883 Kanbe. 9884 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same 9885 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill 9886 Wisner of The Well. 9887 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes. 9888 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services. 9889 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and 9890 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions 9891 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups 9892 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some 9893 files that you should be able to read but have previously 9894 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other" 9895 read permission. 9896 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that 9897 if the user is forced to override some silly system, 9898 MX suppression will still work. 9899 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double- 9900 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it 9901 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the 9902 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel. 9903 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error 9904 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori 9905 Nakamura. 9906 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that 9907 "CX $Z" works. 9908 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still 9909 trying to send the original message if the connection 9910 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error 9911 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported 9912 by John Myers of CMU. 9913 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long 9914 term bug. 9915 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning: 9916 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message; 9917 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and 9918 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would 9919 keep trying, it would send error messages on each 9920 queue interval. This is an important fix. 9921 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively. 9922 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make 9923 ruleset testing a bit easier. 9924 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command 9925 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging 9926 level. 9927 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on 9928 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly 9929 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the 9930 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the 9931 address. 9932 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if 9933 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of 9934 Harvey Mudd College. 9935 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first 9936 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to 9937 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in 9938 their full name information. 9939 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have 9940 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To: 9941 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd. 9942 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get 9943 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI. 9944 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the 9945 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always 9946 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse. 9947 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 9948 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT 9949 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray 9950 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus 9951 PC TCP/IP implementations. 9952 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of 9953 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults 9954 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved 9955 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain 9956 names. 9957 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture 9958 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still 9959 helpful. 9960 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to 9961 get a queue file for an already completed job. This 9962 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the 9963 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI. 9964 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to 9965 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused 9966 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found. 9967 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs 9968 that claims to be itself works properly. 9969 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in 9970 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get 9971 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites 9972 recipient addresses, not sender addresses. 9973 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot 9974 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan 9975 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 9976 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to 9977 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully 9978 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors 9979 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from 9980 scratch. 9981 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise 9982 true address to still send to the original address 9983 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre 9984 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address). 9985 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens. 9986 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused 9987 more trouble than it was worth. 9988 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when 9989 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob 9990 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley. 9991 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example, 9992 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will 9993 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu. 9994 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run 9995 the queue. 9996 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that 9997 messages don't come out with stale information. 9998 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages 9999 will properly reflect the true filename being locked. 10000 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need 10001 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner 10002 Myers of CMU. 10003 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after 10004 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael 10005 Corrigan. 10006 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is 10007 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope 10008 sender address. 10009 Add LA_SHORT for load averages. 10010 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics. 10011 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to 10012 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you 10013 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down 10014 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation 10015 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program 10016 that does bulk data transfer). 10017 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by 10018 Amir Plivatsky. 10019 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an 10020 observation that some people were using the SITE macro 10021 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing 10022 bogus config files that were not caught. 10023 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it 10024 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!! 10025 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if 10026 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl 10027 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown. 10028 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or 10029 :include:s don't use the wrong uid. 10030 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was 10031 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken. 10032 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the 10033 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura. 10034 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion 10035 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file. 10036 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be 10037 opened or if running with no database format defined. 10038 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn 10039 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 10040 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive 10041 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the 10042 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of 10043 Melbourne. 10044 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to 10045 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and 10046 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries 10047 to match regular entries. 10048 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid 10049 feature, even if it doesn't work right. 10050 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP. 10051 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT. 10052 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this 10053 for programs that are specified through a .forward file. 10054 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 10055 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal 10056 error message so that the "subject" line of return 10057 messages is the best possible. 10058 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration 10059 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g., 10060 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local''). 10061 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom 10062 connections (domain-ized UUCP). 10063 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file 10064 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel. 10065 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on 10066 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands. 10067 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux). 10068 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation 10069 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain 10070 on the address. 10071 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that 10072 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include 10073 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2 10074 installations can't handle multiple local recipients. 10075 Problem noted by Josh Smith. 10076 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults). 10077 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5. 10078 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that 10079 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the 10080 addresses in any detail. 10081 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when 10082 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form. 10083 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented 10084 with an address such as "!foo". 10085 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if 10086 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better 10087 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I 10088 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by 10089 Bret Marquis. 10090 100918.5/8.5 1993/07/23 10092 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown 10093 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating 10094 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that 10095 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith. 10096 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data, 10097 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break 10098 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname 10099 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX 10100 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori 10101 Nakamura. 10102 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there 10103 are no DNS records matching the name. 10104 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The 10105 original message was received ... from localhost". 10106 The correct original host information is now included. 10107 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their 10108 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it 10109 to use -f instead. From John Myers. 10110 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to 10111 esmtp -- it should be smtp. 10112 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults 10113 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used, 10114 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown"); 10115 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious 10116 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays, 10117 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes 10118 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to 10119 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified. 10120 101218.4/8.4 1993/07/22 10122 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because 10123 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and 10124 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in 10125 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target 10126 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If 10127 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error. 10128 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like 10129 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that 10130 are really configuration errors. This option is 10131 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with 10132 UIUC sendmail. 10133 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open 10134 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused 10135 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the 10136 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a 10137 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted 10138 by Neil Rickert. 10139 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple 10140 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely 10141 suppress the sending of the message. This changes 10142 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an 10143 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem 10144 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error 10145 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late 10146 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith 10147 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit 10148 of dickering with error handling (see below). 10149 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This 10150 will only hurt already-broken software and should help 10151 humans. 10152 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were 10153 compiled in. It would never read the alias file. 10154 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already 10155 repaired). 10156 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would 10157 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change 10158 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the 10159 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers. 10160 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there 10161 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the 10162 connection rather than sending QUIT. 10163 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified 10164 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause 10165 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem 10166 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set. 10167 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 10168 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had 10169 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused 10170 core dumps on some machines. 10171 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN. 10172 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which 10173 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA 10174 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which 10175 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on 10176 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually 10177 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken". 10178 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose 10179 some true error conditions. 10180 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes. 10181 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced 10182 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes. 10183 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP. 10184 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that 10185 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it 10186 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted 10187 by Motonori Nakamura. 10188 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses 10189 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This 10190 caused error messages to be handled differently during 10191 a queue run than a direct run. 10192 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during 10193 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was 10194 just extra stuff for users to crawl through. 10195 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can 10196 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments. 10197 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the 10198 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to 10199 restart it. 10200 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the 10201 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change 10202 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode 10203 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem 10204 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid 10205 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c 10206 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2) 10207 is appropriately functional. 10208 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify 10209 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there, 10210 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray 10211 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo. 10212 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal 10213 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase 10214 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be 10215 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision 10216 Technologies. 10217 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the 10218 process group id. The original fix was to get around 10219 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks 10220 any call from a shell that creates a process group id 10221 different from the process id. I could try to fix 10222 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or 10223 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other 10224 things. 10225 Portability changes: 10226 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently 10227 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs 10228 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This 10229 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University 10230 of Colorado. 10231 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should 10232 help other strict ANSI compilers. 10233 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication 10234 Corporation. 10235 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the 10236 documentation apparently doesn't define 10237 __STDC__ by default). 10238 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 10239 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from 10240 Motonori Nakamura. 10241 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'. 10242 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags; 10243 several people have made a good argument that this 10244 creates more problems than it solves (although this 10245 may prove painful in the short run). 10246 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host" 10247 format. 10248 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset 10249 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d] 10250 addresses are also passed through this ruleset. 10251 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined, 10252 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of 10253 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however, 10254 the angle brackets confused the recursive call. 10255 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name". 10256 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken 10257 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of 10258 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik 10259 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 10260 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very 10261 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass 10262 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses. 10263 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well. 10264 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or 10265 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default 10266 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to 10267 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out 10268 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER. 10269 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4 10270 environments. Ugly as sin. 10271 102728.3/8.3 1993/07/13 10273 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages 10274 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument" 10275 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This 10276 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes 10277 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out 10278 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break 10279 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for 10280 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is 10281 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert). 10282 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the 10283 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more 10284 "user friendly". 10285 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to 10286 16 bytes/sec. 10287 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD 10288 compatibility library. This also adds a new 10289 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if 10290 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2). 10291 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at 10292 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least 10293 for quick test cases. 10294 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be 10295 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses, 10296 and at least one of those addresses is good and points 10297 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!). 10298 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat() 10299 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark 10300 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers. 10301 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending 10302 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This 10303 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses. 10304 From Michael Corrigan. 10305 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of 10306 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested 10307 by Bill Wisner of The Well. 10308 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified, 10309 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style 10310 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner. 10311 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match 10312 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by 10313 Christophe Wolfhugel. 10314 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel. 10315 103168.2/8.2 1993/07/11 10317 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode. 10318 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To 10319 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT 10320 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way. 10321 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why??? 10322 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old 10323 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and 10324 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix 10325 from Bill Wisner. 10326 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich 10327 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>. 10328 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham 10329 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick 10330 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu> 10331 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c); 10332 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to 10333 match the other flags in that file. 10334 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar. 10335 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display. 10336 Changes from Eric Wassenaar. 10337 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file 10338 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer 10339 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar. 10340 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of 10341 forks. From Eric Wassenaar. 10342 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new 10343 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid 10344 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura. 10345 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only) 10346 was specified, it would still replace the key with the 10347 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 10348 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out" 10349 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code 10350 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope() 10351 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed 10352 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others. 10353 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or 10354 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling 10355 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g., 10356 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and 10357 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in 10358 the root and directories leading up to your home); 10359 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not 10360 be owned by you. 10361 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before 10362 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems 10363 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and 10364 the user's home directory isn't x'able. 10365 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser. 10366 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen. 10367 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can 10368 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that 10369 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which 10370 is separate; this is just intended to work around 10371 network clogs that will occur before the final dot 10372 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar. 10373 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively -- 10374 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything 10375 matching without a null it never tries again with a 10376 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never 10377 tries without the null and creates new maps with a 10378 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with 10379 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified, 10380 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would 10381 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O, 10382 it adapts. 10383 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions 10384 will insert the appropriate full name information; 10385 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the 10386 way. 10387 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the 10388 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't 10389 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost. 10390 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down 10391 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor 10392 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to 10393 only happen when there has been another error in the 10394 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined 10395 by default in conf.h. 10396 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of 10397 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for 10398 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start 10399 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing, 10400 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log. 10401 This output is not intended to be particularly human 10402 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile 10403 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__. 10404 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you 10405 have a local net that should get direct connects, you 10406 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts. 10407 See cf/README for an example. 10408 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle 10409 sites that don't use the -d flag. 10410 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses 10411 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this 10412 has been requested by several people, but can break 10413 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias" 10414 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost"; 10415 although initial delivery will work, replies will be 10416 broken. Use it sparingly. 10417 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains 10418 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is 10419 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name. 10420 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you 10421 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name -- 10422 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From 10423 Bill Wisner of The Well. 10424 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO 10425 first. This is currently unused in the config files, 10426 but could be used in a mailertable entry. 10427 104288.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27 10429 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on 10430 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions. 10431 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it 10432 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting. 10433 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups. 10434 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT) 10435 104368.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12 10437 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by 10438 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus 10439 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany. 10440 104418.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08 10442 Another mailertable fix.... 10443 104448.1/8.1 1993/06/07 10445 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes. 10446